Annual Statements Open main menu

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORP - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                       to                     

 

Commission file number: 000-30110

 

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

Florida

65-0716501

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Identification No.)

 

 

 

 

5900 Broken Sound Parkway NW

 

Boca Raton, Florida

33487

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (561) 995-7670

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No   

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes      No   

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No   

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes     No  

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

Non-Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)    Yes      No   

 


 

Table of Contents

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $9.4 billion as of June 30, 2013.  

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock (as of February 14, 2014): Class A common stock — 128,506,612 shares 

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference

 

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 annual meeting of shareholders, which proxy statement will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, are hereby incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 


 

Table of Contents

Table of Contents 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

 

 

SIGNATURES 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

General

We are a leading independent owner and operator of wireless communications tower structures, rooftops and other structures that support antennas used for wireless communications, which we collectively refer to as “towers” or “sites.” Our principal operations are in the United States and its territories. In addition, we own and operate towers in Canada, Central America, and South America. Our primary business line is our site leasing business, which contributed 96.2% of our total segment operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2013. In our site leasing business, we (1) lease antenna space to wireless service providers on towers that we own or operate and (2) manage rooftop and tower sites for property owners under various contractual arrangements. The towers that we own have been constructed by us at the request of a wireless service provider, constructed based on our own initiative, or acquired. As of December 31, 2013, we owned 20,079 towers, a substantial portion of which have been built by us or built by other tower owners or operators who, like us, have built such towers to lease space to multiple wireless service providers. We also managed or leased approximately 4,800 actual or potential towers, approximately 500 of which were revenue producing as of December 31, 2013. Our other business line is our site development business, through which we assist wireless service providers in developing and maintaining their own wireless service networks.

Site Leasing Services

Our primary focus is the leasing of antenna space on our multi-tenant towers to a variety of wireless service providers under long-term lease contracts in the United States, Canada, Central America, and South America. Site leasing revenues are received primarily from wireless service provider tenants, including AT&T, Sprint, Verizon Wireless, T-Mobile, Oi, Digicel, Claro and Telefonica. Wireless service providers enter into different tenant leases with us, each of which relates to the lease or use of space at an individual tower. In the United States and Canada, our tenant leases are generally for an initial term of five to ten years with five 5-year renewal periods at the option of the tenant. These tenant leases typically contain specific rent escalators, which average 3-4% per year, including the renewal option periods. Tenant leases in our Central and South America markets typically have an initial term of 10 years with 5-year renewal periods. In Central America, we have similar rent escalators to that of leases in the United States and Canada while our leases in South America typically escalate in accordance with a standard cost of living index.

We expand our tower portfolio, both domestically and internationally, through the acquisition of towers from third parties and through the construction of new tower structures. In our tower acquisition program, we pursue towers that meet or exceed our internal guidelines regarding current and future potential returns. For each acquisition, we prepare various analyses that include projections of a five-year unlevered internal rate of return, review of available capacity, future lease up projections, and a summary of current and future tenant/technology mix.

In our new build program, we construct tower structures in locations that were strategically chosen by us or under build-to-suit arrangements. Under build-to-suit arrangements, we build tower structures for wireless service providers at locations that they have identified. We retain ownership of the tower structure and the exclusive right to co-locate additional tenants. When we construct tower structures in locations chosen by us, we utilize our knowledge of our customers’ network requirements to identify locations where we believe multiple wireless service providers need, or will need, to locate antennas to meet capacity or service demands. We seek to identify attractive locations for new tower structures and complete pre-construction procedures necessary to secure the site concurrently with our leasing efforts. We generally will have at least one signed tenant lease for each new build tower structure on the day that it is completed and expect that some will have multiple tenants. During 2014, we intend to build between 400 and 420 new tower structures, domestically and internationally.

Our site leasing business generates substantially all of our total segment operating profit. Our site leasing business generated 86.8% of our total revenues during the year ended December 31, 2013 and has represented 96.2% or more of our total segment operating profit for the past three years.

International Site Leasing

In 2013, we continued to focus on growing our international site leasing business through the acquisition and development of towers. We believe that we can create substantial value by expanding our site leasing services into select international markets which we believe have a high-growth wireless industry and relatively stable political and regulatory environments. At December 31, 2013, we owned 5,196 towers in Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Panama. This site count includes the exclusive rights to 2,113 towers in Brazil, which we acquired from Oi S.A., one of Brazil’s largest telecommunications providers (“Oi”). In December 2013, we entered into a definitive agreement with Oi to acquire an additional 2,007 towers in Brazil which is

1


 

Table of Contents

expected to close March 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, site leasing revenue generated outside the U.S. and its territories was 6.5% of total revenue.

The majority of our international markets typically have less mature wireless networks with limited wireline infrastructure and lower wireless data penetration rates than those in the United States. Accordingly, our expansion in these markets is primarily driven by (i) wireless service providers seeking to increase the quality and coverage of their networks, (ii) consumers’ increased use of high data applications, such as email, internet access, mobile device applications, and video, and (iii) incremental spectrum auctions, which have resulted in new market entrants, as well as incremental voice and data network deployments. For example, since we first entered Costa Rica in 2010, spectrum auctions significantly increased demand for antenna space. Since we entered this market, we have built or acquired 430 towers to respond to that demand and plan to continue our expansion.

We consider various factors when identifying a market for our international expansion, including:

Country analysis – We consider the country’s political stability, and whether the country’s general business, legal and regulatory environment is conducive to the sustainability and growth of our business.

•  Market potential – We analyze the expected demand for wireless services, and whether a country has multiple wireless service providers who are actively seeking to invest in deploying voice and data networks, as well as spectrum auctions that have occurred or that are anticipated to occur.

•  Risk adjusted return criteria – We consider whether buying or building towers in a country, and providing our management and leasing services, will meet our return criteria. As part of this analysis, we consider the risk of entering into an international market (for example, the impact of foreign currency exchange rates), and how our expansion meets our long-term strategic objectives for the region and our business generally.

 

We intend to continue expanding through acquisition and new-builds in our current international markets and to explore opportunities in other international markets that meet our investment criteria. 

Site Development Services

Our site development business, which is conducted in the United States only, is complementary to our site leasing business and provides us the ability to keep in close contact with the wireless service providers who generate substantially all of our site leasing revenue and to capture ancillary revenues that are generated by our site leasing activities, such as antenna and equipment installation at our towers. Site development services revenues are earned primarily from providing a full range of end to end services to wireless service providers or companies providing development or project management services to wireless service providers. Our services include: (1) network pre-design; (2) site audits; (3) identification of potential locations for towers and antennas; (4) support in buying or leasing of the location; (5) assistance in obtaining zoning approvals and permits; (6) tower structure construction; (7) antenna installation; and (8) radio equipment installation, commissioning and maintenance.

We provide our site development services on a local basis, through regional offices, territory offices and project offices. The regional offices are responsible for all site development operations, including hiring employees and opening or closing project offices, and a substantial portion of the sales in such area.

For financial information about our operating segments, please see Note 20 of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.

Industry Developments

We believe that growing wireless traffic (particularly data and video), the deployment of additional spectrum, and technology advancements will require wireless service providers to improve their network infrastructure and increase their network capacity resulting in an increase in the number of towers that they use or the number of antennas at existing towers. We expect that the wireless communications industry will continue to experience growth as a result of the following trends:

As wireless data usage grows rapidly, all four U.S. nationwide carriers are deploying new and upgraded networks; and we believe that the continued deployment of 4G wireless technologies will require our customers to add large numbers of additional cell sites and additional equipment at current cell sites.

2


 

Table of Contents

•  We have seen, and anticipate there could be other, new entrants into the wireless communications industry that could deploy regional or national wireless networks for voice and data services.

•  Spectrum licensed by the Federal Communications Commission in 2006 and 2008 has enabled continued network development. We expect this and the potential availability of additional spectrum through several planned government auctions in 2014 and beyond to enable continued network development in the U.S.

•  Consumers are increasing their use of wireless data services due to expansion of wireless data applications, such as email, web browsing, mobile apps and games, social networking, music and video, and continued wireline to wireless migration. Wireless devices are trending toward more bandwidth intensive devices such as smartphones, laptops, netbooks, tablets and other emerging and embedded devices. As a result, according to industry estimates, global mobile data traffic will grow at an approximately 61% compound annual growth rate from 2013 to 2018. 

Consumers list network coverage and quality as two of the greatest contributors to their dissatisfaction when terminating or changing service. To decrease subscriber churn rate and drive revenue growth, wireless carriers have made substantial capital expenditures on wireless networks to improve service quality and expand coverage. For example, U.S. wireless carriers’ capital expenditures have increased from an estimated $19.9 billion in 2009 to an estimated $32.0 billion in 2013, and we expect capital expenditures in the foreseeable future to remain elevated as wireless carriers continue to improve their networks.

Despite the recent economic challenges affecting the global marketplace, we believe that the world-wide wireless industry will continue to grow and is well-capitalized, highly competitive and focused on quality and advanced services. Therefore, we expect that we will see a multi-year trend of strong additional equipment demand from our customers, which we believe will translate into strong leasing growth for us.

Business Strategy

Our primary strategy is to continue to focus on expanding our site leasing business due to its attractive characteristics such as long-term contracts, built-in rent escalators, high operating margins, and low customer churn. The long-term nature of the revenue stream of our site leasing business makes it less volatile than our site development business, which is more cyclical. By focusing on our site leasing business, we believe that we can maintain a stable, recurring cash flow stream and reduce our exposure to cyclical changes in customer spending. Key elements of our strategy include:

Maximizing Use of Tower Capacity. We generally have constructed or acquired towers that accommodate multiple tenants and a majority of our towers are high capacity tower structures. Most of our towers have significant capacity available for additional antennas, and we believe that increased use of our towers can be achieved at a low incremental cost. We actively market space on our towers through our internal sales force. As of December 31, 2013, we had an average of 1.9 tenants per tower structure.

Disciplined Growth of our Tower Portfolio. We believe that our tower operations are highly scalable. Consequently, we believe that we are able to materially increase our tower portfolio without proportionately increasing selling, general, and administrative expenses. During 2014, we intend to continue to grow our tower portfolio, domestically and internationally, by 10-15% through tower acquisitions and the construction of new tower structures. In connection with our international expansion, we have targeted select international markets that we believe have relatively stable political environments and a growing wireless communications industry. We intend to use our available cash from operating activities and available liquidity, including borrowings, to build and/or acquire new towers at prices that we believe will be accretive to our shareholders both in the short and long term and which allow us to maintain our long-term target leverage ratios.

Capitalizing on our Scale and Management Experience. We are a large owner, operator and developer of towers, with substantial capital, human, and operating resources. We have been developing towers for wireless service providers in the U.S. since 1989 and owned and operated towers for ourselves since 1997. We believe our size, experience, capabilities, and resources make us a preferred partner for wireless service providers both in the U.S. and internationally. Our management team has extensive experience in site leasing and site development, with some of the longest tenures in the tower and site development industries. Management believes that its industry expertise and strong relationships with wireless service providers will allow us to expand our position as a leading provider of site leasing and site development services.

Controlling our Underlying Land Positions. We have purchased and/or entered into perpetual easements or long-term leases for the land that underlies our tower structures and intend to continue to do so, to the extent available at commercially reasonable prices. We believe that these purchases, perpetual easements, and/or long-term leases will increase our margins, improve our cash flow from

3


 

Table of Contents

operations, and minimize our exposure to increases in ground lease rents in the future. As of December 31, 2013,  approximately 72% of our tower structures were located on land that we own or control for more than 20 years and the average remaining life under our ground leases, including renewal options under our control, was 31 years. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 4.3% of our tower structures have ground leases maturing in the next 10 years.

Using our Local Presence to Build Strong Relationships with Major Wireless Service Providers. Given the nature of towers as location-specific communications facilities, we believe that substantially all of what we do is done best locally. Consequently, we have a broad field organization that allows us to develop and capitalize on our experience, expertise and relationships in each of our local markets which in turn enhances our customer relationships. We are seeking to replicate this operating model internationally. Due to our presence in local markets, we believe we are well positioned to capture additional site leasing business and new tower build opportunities in our markets and identify and participate in site development projects across our markets.

Customers

Since commencing operations, we have performed site leasing and site development services for all of the large U.S. wireless service providers. In both our site leasing and site development businesses, we work with large national providers and smaller regional, local, or private operators.

We depend on a relatively small number of customers for our site leasing and site development revenues. The following customers represented at least 10% of our total revenues during the last three years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint (1)

 

 

 

24.9% 

 

23.9% 

 

21.9% 

AT&T Wireless

 

 

 

19.0% 

 

20.3% 

 

23.8% 

T-Mobile (2)

 

 

 

17.3% 

 

17.2% 

 

13.5% 

Verizon Wireless

 

 

 

11.1% 

 

12.7% 

 

14.8% 

 

(1)Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of Sprint and Clearwire.

(2)Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of T-Mobile and Metro PCS.

During the past two years, we provided services or leased space to a number of customers, including:

 

 

 

 

 

Alcatel-Lucent

Ntelos

AT&T Wireless

Nsoro Mastec

Bell Canada

Oi

C-Spire

Optima Network Services

Claro

Overland Contracting

Cleartalk

Rogers

Cricket

Southern Linc

Digicel

Sprint

Ericsson

T-Mobile

General Dynamics

Telefonica

Globalive

Telus

ITT Corporation

U.S. Cellular

Nexius

Verizon Wireless

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing goals are to:

use existing relationships and develop new relationships with wireless service providers to lease antenna space on and sell related services with respect to our owned or managed towers, enabling us to grow our site leasing business; and

4


 

Table of Contents

successfully bid and win those site development services contracts that will contribute to our operating margins and/or provide a financial or strategic benefit to our site leasing business.

We approach sales on a company-wide basis, involving many of our employees. We have a dedicated sales force that is supplemented by members of our executive management team. Our dedicated salespeople are based regionally as well as in the corporate office. We also rely on our vice presidents, general managers, and other operations personnel to sell our services and cultivate customers. Our strategy is to delegate sales efforts by geographic region or to those employees of ours who have the best relationships with our customers. Most wireless service providers have national corporate headquarters with regional and local offices. We believe that wireless service providers make most decisions for site development and site leasing services at the regional and local levels with input from their corporate headquarters. Our sales representatives work with wireless service provider representatives at the regional and local levels and at the national level when appropriate. Our sales staff’s compensation is heavily weighted to incentive-based goals and measurements.

Competition

Site Leasing – In the U.S., our primary competitors for our site leasing activities are (1) the national independent tower companies including American Tower Corporation and Crown Castle International, (2) a large number of regional independent tower owners, (3) wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers and lease, or may in the future decide to lease, antenna space to other providers, and (4) alternative facilities such as rooftops, outdoor and indoor distributed antenna system (“DAS”) networks, billboards, and electric transmission towers. American Tower and Crown Castle have significantly more towers than we do, which could provide them a competitive advantage in negotiating with wireless service providers. However, we believe that tower location and capacity, quality of service to our tenants, and price have been and will continue to be the most significant competitive factors affecting the site leasing business. Furthermore, these entities generally have greater financial resources than we do which may provide them with a competitive advantage in connection with the acquisition of material tower portfolios. In Brazil, our competition consists of wireless service providers that own and operate their own tower networks, as well as large national and regional independent tower companies, while in the Central American and Canadian markets, our competition is principally from wireless service providers who lease towers to other wireless providers.

Site Development – The site development business is extremely competitive and price sensitive. We believe that the majority of our competitors in the U.S. site development business operate within local market areas exclusively, while some firms offer their services nationally. The market includes participants from a variety of market segments offering individual, or combinations of, competing services. The field of competitors includes site development consultants, zoning consultants, real estate firms, right-of-way consulting firms, construction companies, tower owners/managers, radio frequency engineering consultants, telecommunications equipment vendors, which provide end-to-end site development services through multiple subcontractors, and wireless service providers’ internal staff. We believe that providers base their decisions for site development services on a number of criteria, including: company experience, price, track record, local reputation, geographic reach, and time for completion of a project.

Employees

Our executive, corporate development, accounting, finance, human resources, legal and regulatory, information technology and site administration personnel, and our network operations center, are located in our headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida. Certain sales, new tower build support and tower maintenance personnel are also located in our Boca Raton office. Our remaining employees are based in our international, regional, and local offices.

As of December 31, 2013, we had 1,117 employees of which 138 were based outside of the U.S. and its territories. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Regulatory and Environmental Matters

Federal Regulations. In the U.S., which accounted for 92.6% of our total site leasing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, both the FCC and the Federal Aviation Administration (the “FAA”) regulate towers. Many FAA requirements are implemented in FCC regulations. These regulations govern the construction, lighting, and painting or other marking of towers, as well as the maintenance, inspection, and record keeping related to towers, and may, depending on the characteristics of particular towers, require prior approval and registration of towers before they may be constructed, altered or used. Wireless communications equipment and radio or television stations operating on towers are separately regulated and may require independent customer licensing depending upon the particular frequency or frequency band used. In addition, any applicant for an FCC tower structure registration (through the FCC’s Antenna Structure Registration System) must certify that, consistent with the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, neither the applicant nor its principals are subject to a denial of Federal benefits because of a conviction for the possession or distribution of a

5


 

Table of Contents

controlled substance. New tower construction also requires approval from the state or local governing authority for the proposed site: compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”): compliance with the National Historic Preservation Act (“NHPA”): compliance with the Endangered Species Act (“ESA”); and may require notification to the FAA.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, the FCC, in conjunction with the FAA, has developed standards to consider proposals involving new or modified towers. These standards mandate that the FCC and the FAA consider the height of the proposed tower, the relationship of the tower to existing natural or man-made obstructions, and the proximity of the tower to runways and airports. Proposals to construct or to modify existing towers above certain heights must be reviewed by the FAA to ensure the structure will not present a hazard to air navigation. The FAA may condition its issuance of a no-hazard determination upon compliance with specified lighting and/or painting requirements. Towers that meet certain height and location criteria must also be registered with the FCC. A tower that requires FAA clearance will not be registered by the FCC until it is cleared by the FAA. Upon registration, the FCC may also require special lighting and/or painting. Owners of wireless communications towers may have an obligation to maintain painting and lighting or other marking in conformance with FAA and FCC regulations. Tower owners and licensees that operate on those towers also bear the responsibility of monitoring any lighting systems and notifying the FAA of any lighting outage or malfunction.

Owners and operators of towers may be subject to, and therefore must comply with, environmental laws, including NEPA, NHPA and ESA. Any licensed radio facility on a tower is subject to environmental review pursuant to the NEPA, among other statutes, which requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impact of their decisions under certain circumstances. The FCC has issued regulations implementing the NEPA. These regulations place responsibility on applicants to investigate potential environmental effects of their operations and to disclose any potential significant effects on the environment in an environmental assessment prior to constructing or modifying a tower and prior to commencing certain operations of wireless communications or radio or television stations from the tower. In the event the FCC determines the proposed structure or operation would have a significant environmental impact based on the standards the FCC has developed, the FCC would be required to prepare an environmental impact statement, which will be subject to public comment. This process could significantly delay the registration of a particular tower.

We generally indemnify our customers against any failure to comply with applicable regulatory standards relating to the construction, modification, or placement of towers. Failure to comply with the applicable requirements may lead to civil penalties.

The Telecommunications Act of 1996 amended the Communications Act of 1934 by preserving state and local zoning authorities’ jurisdiction over the construction, modification, and placement of towers. The law, however, limits local zoning authority by prohibiting any action that would discriminate among different providers of personal wireless services or ban altogether the construction, modification or placement of radio communication towers. Finally, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 requires the federal government to help licensees for wireless communications services gain access to preferred sites for their facilities. This may require that federal agencies and departments work directly with licensees to make federal property available for tower facilities.

As an owner and operator of real property, we are subject to certain environmental laws that impose strict, joint and several liability for the cleanup of on-site or off-site contamination and related personal injury or property damage. We are also subject to certain environmental laws that govern tower placement and may require pre-construction environmental studies. Operators of towers must also take into consideration certain radio frequency (“RF”) emissions regulations that impose a variety of procedural and operating requirements. Certain proposals to operate wireless communications and radio or television stations from tower structures are also reviewed by the FCC to ensure compliance with requirements relating to human exposure to RF emissions. Exposure to high levels of RF energy can produce negative health effects. The potential connection between low-level RF energy and certain negative health effects, including some forms of cancer, has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with and we have no material liability under any applicable environmental laws. These costs of compliance with existing or future environmental laws and liability related thereto may have a material adverse effect on our prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

State and Local Regulations. Most states regulate certain aspects of real estate acquisition, leasing activities, and construction activities. Where required, we conduct the site acquisition portions of our site development services business through licensed real estate brokers’ agents, who may be our employees or hired as independent contractors, and conduct the construction portions of our site development services through licensed contractors, who may be our employees or independent contractors. Local regulations include city and other local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers. These regulations vary greatly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but typically require tower owners to obtain approval from local officials or community standards organizations, or certain other entities prior to tower construction and establish regulations regarding maintenance and removal of towers. In addition, many local zoning authorities require tower owners to post bonds or cash collateral to

6


 

Table of Contents

secure their removal obligations. Local zoning authorities generally have been unreceptive to construction of new towers in their communities because of the height and visibility of the towers, and have, in some instances, instituted moratoria.

International . Regulatory regimes outside of the U.S. and its territories vary by country and locality; however, these regulations typically require tower owners and/or licensees to obtain approval from local officials or government agencies prior to tower construction or modification or the addition of a new antenna to an existing tower. Additionally, some regulations include ongoing obligations regarding painting, lighting, and maintenance. Our international operations may also be subject to limitations on foreign ownership of land in certain areas. Based on our experience to date, these regimes have been similar to, but not more rigorous, burdensome or comprehensive than, those in the U.S. Non-compliance with such regulations may lead to monetary penalties or deconstruction orders. Our international operations are also subject to various regulations and guidelines regarding employee relations and other occupational health and safety matters. As we expand our operations into additional international geographic areas, we will be subject to regulations in these jurisdictions.

Backlog

Backlog related to our site leasing business consists of lease agreements and amendments, which have been signed, but have not yet commenced. As of December 31, 2013, we had 478 new leases and amendments which had been executed with customers but which had not begun generating revenue. These leases and amendments will contractually provide for approximately $6.4 million of annual revenue. By comparison, as of December 31, 2012, excluding the Sprint Network Vision Amendment, we had 1,052 new leases and amendments which had been executed with customers but which had not begun generating revenue. These leases and amendments contractually provided for approximately $8.1 million of annual revenue.

Our backlog for site development services consists of the value of work that has not yet been completed on executed contracts. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $29.1 million of contractually committed revenue as compared to approximately $45.9 million as of December 31, 2012.  

Availability of Reports and Other Information

SBA Communications Corporation was incorporated in the State of Florida in March 1997. Our corporate website is www.sbasite.com. We make available, free of charge, access to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and amendments to those materials filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on our website under “Investor Relations – Reports and Results – SEC Filings,” as soon as reasonably practicable after we file electronically such material with, or furnish it to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).

7


 

Table of Contents

 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business

If our wireless service provider customers combine their operations to a significant degree, our future operating results and our ability to service our indebtedness could be adversely affected.

Significant consolidation among our wireless service provider customers may result in our customers failing to renew existing leases for tower space or reducing future capital expenditures in the aggregate because their existing networks and expansion plans may overlap or be very similar. In connection with the combinations of Verizon Wireless and ALLTEL (to form Verizon Wireless), Cingular and AT&T Wireless (to form AT&T Mobility) and Sprint PCS and Nextel (to form Sprint), the combined companies have rationalized and may continue to rationalize duplicative parts of their networks, which has led and may continue to lead to the non-renewal of certain leases on our towers. During 2013, Sprint acquired Clearwire Communications and T-Mobile acquired MetroPCS, and AT&T has a pending agreement to acquire Leap Wireless, which may also lead to non-renewal of certain of our tower leases. If our wireless service provider customers continue to consolidate as a result of, among other factors, limited wireless spectrum for commercial use in the U.S., this consolidation could significantly impact the number of tower leases that are not renewed or the number of new leases that our wireless service provider customers require to expand their networks, which could materially and adversely affect our future operating results.

We have a substantial level of indebtedness which may have an adverse effect on our business or limit our ability to take advantage of business, strategic or financing opportunities.

As indicated below, we have and will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness relative to our equity. The following table sets forth our total principal amount of debt and shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total principal amount of indebtedness

 

 

 

 

$

5,910,041 

 

$

5,440,073 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

$

356,966 

 

$

652,991 

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay the principal, interest or other amounts due on our indebtedness. Subject to certain restrictions under our existing indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, some of which may be secured debt. This may have the effect of increasing our total leverage. For example, on February 7, 2014, SBA Senior Finance II secured a new delayed draw $1.5 billion senior secured Term Loan.

As a consequence of our indebtedness, (1) demands on our cash resources may increase, (2) we are subject to restrictive covenants that further limit our financial and operating flexibility and (3) we may choose to institute self-imposed limits on our indebtedness based on certain considerations including market interest rates, our relative leverage and our strategic plans. For example, as a result of our substantial level of indebtedness and the uncertainties arising in the credit markets and the U.S. economy:

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

we may have to pay higher interest rates upon refinancing or on our variable rate indebtedness if interest rates rise, thereby reducing our cash flows;

we may find it more difficult to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements that would be in our best long-term interests;

we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, reducing the available cash flow to fund other investments, including tower acquisition and new build capital expenditures;

we may have limited flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or in the industry;

8


 

Table of Contents

we may have a competitive disadvantage relative to other companies in our industry that are less leveraged; and

we may be required to sell debt or equity securities or sell some of our core assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, in order to meet payment obligations.

These restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, new tower development, mergers and acquisitions or other opportunities.

In addition, fluctuations in market interest rates may increase interest expense relating to our floating rate indebtedness, which we expect to incur under our Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans, and may make it difficult to refinance our existing indebtedness at a commercially reasonable rate or at all. There is no guarantee that the future refinancing of our indebtedness will have fixed interest rates or that interest rates on such indebtedness will be equal to or lower than the rates on our current indebtedness.

We depend on a relatively small number of customers for most of our revenue, and the loss, consolidation or financial instability of any of our significant customers may materially decrease our revenues.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a small number of customers. Consequently, a reduction in demand for site leasing, reduced future capital expenditures on the networks, or the loss, as a result of bankruptcy, merger with other customers of ours or otherwise, of any of our largest customers could materially decrease our revenue and have an adverse effect on our growth. Our substantial acquisitions in 2013 further increased our client concentration and exacerbated the risks associated with such concentration.

The following is a list of significant customers (representing at least 10% of revenue in any of the last three years) and the percentage of our total revenues for the specified time periods derived from these customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint (1)

 

 

 

24.9% 

 

23.9% 

 

21.9% 

AT&T Wireless

 

 

 

19.0% 

 

20.3% 

 

23.8% 

T-Mobile (2)

 

 

 

17.3% 

 

17.2% 

 

13.5% 

Verizon Wireless

 

 

 

11.1% 

 

12.7% 

 

14.8% 

 

We also have client concentrations with respect to revenues in each of our financial reporting segments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Site Leasing Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint (1)

 

 

 

28.5% 

 

26.8% 

 

24.6% 

AT&T Wireless

 

 

 

21.9% 

 

22.9% 

 

26.8% 

T-Mobile (2)

 

 

 

18.7% 

 

18.6% 

 

14.2% 

Verizon Wireless

 

 

 

12.1% 

 

13.2% 

 

15.5% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Site Development Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ericsson, Inc.

 

 

 

34.5% 

 

24.5% 

 

9.0% 

Nsoro Mastec, LLC

 

 

 

3.0% 

 

16.2% 

 

35.6% 

 

(1)Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of Sprint and Clearwire.

(2)Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of T-Mobile and Metro PCS.

Revenue from these clients is derived from numerous different site leasing contracts and site development contracts. Each site leasing contract relates to the lease of space at an individual tower and is generally for an initial term of five to ten years in the U.S. and Canada, and renewable for five 5-year periods at the option of the tenant. Our Central and South America markets typically have an initial term of 10 years with 5-year renewal periods. However, if any of our significant site leasing clients were to experience

9


 

Table of Contents

financial difficulty, substantially reduce their capital expenditures or reduce their dependence on leased tower space and fail to renew their leases with us, our revenues, future revenue growth and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our site development customers engage us on a project-by-project basis, and a customer can generally terminate an assignment at any time without penalty. In addition, a customer’s need for site development services can decrease, and we may not be successful in establishing relationships with new customers. Furthermore, our existing customers may not continue to engage us for additional projects.

A slowdown in demand for wireless communications services or for tower space could materially and adversely affect our future growth and revenues, and we cannot control that demand.

Additional revenue growth on our towers other than through contractual escalators comes directly from additional investment by our wireless service provider customers in their networks. If wireless service subscribers significantly reduce their minutes of use or data usage, or fail to widely adopt and use wireless data applications, our wireless service provider customers would experience a decrease in demand for their services. Regardless of consumer demand, each wireless service customer must have substantial capital resources and capabilities to build out their wireless networks, including licenses for spectrum. In addition, our wireless service customers have engaged in increased use of network sharing, roaming or resale arrangements. As a result of all of the above, wireless carriers may scale back their business plans or otherwise reduce their spending, which could materially and adversely affect demand for our tower space and our wireless communications services business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international operations are subject to economic, political and other risks, including risks associated with foreign currency exchange rates, that could materially and adversely affect our revenues or financial position.

Our current business operations in Canada, Central America and South America, and our expansion into any other international markets in the future, could result in adverse financial consequences and operational problems not typically experienced in the United States. Although the consolidated revenues generated by our international operations were 6.5% during the year ended December 31, 2013, we anticipate that our revenues from our international operations will grow in the future. Accordingly, our business is and will in the future be subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, including:

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

laws and regulations that tax or otherwise restrict repatriation of earnings or other funds or otherwise limit distributions of capital;

laws and regulations that dictate how we operate our towers and conduct business, including zoning, maintenance and environmental matters, and laws related to ownership of real property;

laws and regulations governing our employee relations, including occupational health and safety matters;

changes to existing or new domestic or international tax laws or fees directed specifically at the ownership and operation of towers, which may be applied and enforced retroactively;

expropriation and governmental regulation restricting foreign ownership;

restricting or revoking spectrum licenses;

our ability to comply with, and the costs of compliance with, anti-bribery laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar local anti-bribery laws;

our ability to compete with owners and operators of wireless towers that have been in the international market for a longer period of time than we have;

uncertainties regarding legal or judicial systems, including inconsistencies between and within laws, regulations and decrees, and judicial application thereof, and delays in the judicial process;

10


 

Table of Contents

health or similar issues, such as a pandemic or epidemic;

difficulty in recruiting and retaining trained personnel; and

language and cultural differences.

Our international operations in Central America are denominated in United States dollars, while our operations in Canada and Brazil are denominated in local currencies. The Brazil Reais has been subject to significant volatility in the past, which can expose us to additional exchange rate risk. Volatility in foreign currency exchange rates can also affect our ability to plan, forecast and budget for our international operations and expansion efforts.

If we are unable to protect our rights to the land under our towers, it could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our real property interests relating to our tower structures consist primarily of leasehold and sub-leasehold interests, fee interests, easements, licenses, rights-of-way, and other similar interests. From time to time, we experience disputes with landowners regarding the terms of the agreements for the land under our tower structures, which can affect our ability to access and operate such towers. Further, landowners may not want to renew their agreements with us, they may lose their rights to the land, or they may transfer their land interests to third parties, including ground lease aggregators and our competitors, which could affect our ability to renew agreements on commercially viable terms or at all. In addition, the land underlying the 2,113 towers we acquired from Oi in 2013 is subject to a concession from the Federal Republic of Brazil that expires in 2025.  At the end of the term the Brazilian government would have the right to (i) renew the concession upon newly negotiated terms or (ii) terminate the concession and take possession of the land, and the tower on such land.  Although Oi has entered into a non-terminable lease with us for 35 years, if the concession was not renewed our site leasing revenue from co-located tenants would terminate.

As of December 31, 2013, the average remaining life under our ground leases, including renewal options under our control, was approximately 31 years, and approximately 4.3% of our tower structures having ground leases maturing in the next 10 years.  Failure to protect our rights to the land under our towers may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Increasing competition may negatively impact our ability to grow our communication site portfolio long term.

Over the long term, we intend to grow our tower portfolio by at least 5-10% annually, domestically and internationally, through acquisitions and new builds. Our ability to meet these growth targets significantly depends on our ability to acquire existing towers that meet our investment requirements. Traditionally, our acquisition strategy has focused on acquiring towers from smaller tower companies, independent tower developers and wireless service providers. However, as a result of consolidation in the tower industry there are fewer of these mid-sized tower transactions available and there is more competition to acquire existing towers. Increased competition for acquisitions may result in fewer acquisition opportunities for us, higher acquisition prices, and increased difficulty in negotiating and consummating agreements to acquire such towers. Furthermore, to the extent that the tower acquisition opportunities are for significant tower portfolios, many of our competitors are significantly larger and have greater financial resources than us. As a result of these risks, the cost of acquiring these towers may be higher than we expect or we may not be able to meet our long-term tower portfolio growth target. If we are not able to successfully address these challenges, we may not be able to materially increase our tower portfolio in the long-term.

Our convertible note hedge transactions may not cover all of the potential dilution or additional cash outlay, if we settled the notes in cash, to which we may be subject upon conversion of the notes.

Concurrently with the pricing of our 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 (the “4.0% Notes”), we entered into convertible note hedge transactions and warrant transactions with affiliates of certain of the initial purchasers of the convertible note offerings. The initial strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions relating to our 4.0% Notes is $30.38 per share of our Class A common stock (the same as the initial conversion price of the 4.0% Notes) and the upper strike price of the warrant transactions is $44.64 per share. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant transaction, we are responsible for the dilution or costs, to the extent that we settle in cash or stock, arising from the conversion of the notes to the extent that the market price of our Class A common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants.  If the market price of our Class A common stock significantly exceeded the strike price on the conversion date we would be subject to material dilution or, to the extent we elected to settle in cash, material additional costs. 

Initially we entered into convertible note hedge and warrant transactions to cover the full amount of the shares that were issuable upon conversion of the 4.0% Notes.  If any of the counterparties to our convertible hedge transactions were to default in their

11


 

Table of Contents

obligations, then our potential dilution or costs upon conversion of the respective notes would be materially increased.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 16,457,321 shares underlying the warrants outstanding.

At the end of the first quarter of 2013, the 4.0% Notes were convertible by the note holders because our Class A common stock closing price per share exceeded $39.49 for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on March 31, 2013. The requisite conditions were again met throughout 2013 and into 2014.  The 4.0% Notes remained convertible by the note holders, will continue to be convertible through March 31, 2014, and will still be convertible thereafter, if one or more of the conversion conditions are satisfied. In addition, the 4.0% Notes will be automatically convertible at any time on or after July 22, 2014 and mature on October 1, 2014.

New technologies and their use by carriers may have a material adverse effect on our growth rate and results of operations.

The emergence of new technologies could reduce the demand for space on our towers. For example, the increased use by wireless service providers of signal combining and related technologies and products that allow two or more wireless service providers to provide services on different transmission frequencies using the same communications antenna and other facilities normally used by only one wireless service provider (i.e. network sharing) could reduce the demand for our tower space. Additionally, the use of technologies that enhance spectral capacity, such as beam forming or “smart antenna,” that can increase the range and capacity of an antenna could reduce the number of additional sites a wireless service provider needs to adequately serve a certain subscriber base and therefore reduce demand for our tower space. The development and growth of communications and other new technologies that do not require ground-based sites, such as the growth in delivery of video, voice and data services by satellites or other technologies, could also adversely affect the demand for our tower space. If any of these or other new technologies are widely adopted in the future it could have a material adverse effect on our growth and results of operations.

We may not be able to fully recognize the anticipated benefits of towers that we acquire.

A key element of our growth strategy is to increase our tower portfolio through acquisitions.  We rely on our due diligence of the towers and the representations and financial records of the sellers and other third parties to establish the anticipated revenues and expenses and whether the acquired towers will meet our internal guidelines for current and future potential returns. In addition, we may not always have the ability to analyze and verify all information regarding title, access and other issues regarding the land underlying acquired towers.  This is particularly true in our international acquisitions of towers from wireless service providers. To the extent that these towers were acquired in individually material transactions, we may be required to place enhanced reliance on the financial and operational representations and warranties of the sellers. If (i) these records are not complete or accurate, (ii) if we do not have complete access to, or use of, the land underlying the acquired towers or (iii) if the towers do not achieve the financial results anticipated, it could adversely affect the our revenues and results of operations.

In addition, acquisitions which would be material in the aggregate may exacerbate the risks inherent with our growth strategy, such as (i) an adverse impact on our overall profitability if the acquired towers do not achieve the financial results projected in our valuation models, (ii) unanticipated costs associated with the acquisitions that may impact our results of operations for a period, (iii) increased demands on our cash resources that may, among other things, impact our ability to explore other opportunities, (iv) undisclosed and assumed liabilities that we may be unable to recover, (v) increased vulnerability to general economic conditions, (vi) an adverse impact on our existing customer relationships, (vii) additional expenses and exposure to new regulatory, political and economic risks if such acquisitions were in new jurisdictions and (viii) diversion of managerial attention.

We may not successfully integrate acquired towers into our operations.

As part of our growth strategy, we have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions. The process of integrating any acquired towers into our operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and large expenditures and may absorb significant management attention that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development of our business. It may also result in the loss of key customers and/or personnel and expose us to unanticipated liabilities. These risks may be exacerbated in those circumstances in which we acquire a material number of towers. Further, we may not be able to retain the key employees that may be necessary to operate the business we acquire, and, we may not be able to timely attract new skilled employees and management to replace them. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in integrating acquisitions into our existing business. This is particularly true in our international acquisitions of towers from wireless service providers.

 

 

12


 

Table of Contents

 Delays or changes in the deployment or adoption of new technologies or slowing consumer adoption rates may have a material adverse effect on our growth rate.

There can be no assurances that 3G, 4G, including long-term evolution (“LTE”), or other new wireless technologies will be deployed or adopted as rapidly as projected or that these new technologies will be implemented in the manner anticipated. The deployment of 3G experienced delays from the original projected timelines of the wireless and broadcast industries, and deployment of 4G could experience delays. Additionally, the demand by consumers and the adoption rate of consumers for these new technologies once deployed may be lower or slower than anticipated, particularly in certain of our international markets. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our growth rate since growth opportunities and demand for our tower space as a result of such new technologies may not be realized at the times or to the extent anticipated.

We may not secure as many site leasing tenants as planned or our lease rates for new tenant leases may decline.

If wireless service provider demand for tower space or our lease rates on new leases decrease, we may not be able to successfully grow our site leasing business as expected. This may have a material adverse effect on our strategy, revenue growth and our ability to satisfy our financial and other contractual obligations. Our plan for the growth of our site leasing business largely depends on our management’s expectations and assumptions concerning future tenant demand and potential lease rates for our towers.

Increasing competition in the tower industry may create pricing pressures that may materially and adversely affect us.

Our industry is highly competitive, and our customers sometimes have alternatives for leasing antenna space. Some of our competitors, such as (1) U.S. and international wireless carriers that allow collocation on their towers and (2) large independent tower companies, have been, and based on recent consolidations continue to be, substantially larger and have greater financial resources than us. This could provide them with advantages with respect to establishing favorable leasing terms with wireless service providers or in their ability to acquire available towers.

In the site leasing business, we compete with:

wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers and lease, or may in the future decide to lease, antenna space to other providers;

national and regional tower companies; and

alternative facilities such as rooftops, outdoor and indoor DAS networks, billboards and electric transmission towers.

We believe that tower location and capacity, quality of service, density within a geographic market and, to a lesser extent, price historically have been and will continue to be the most significant competitive factors affecting the site leasing business. However, competitive pricing pressures for tenants on towers from these competitors could materially and adversely affect our lease rates. In addition, we may not be able to renew existing customer leases or enter into new customer leases, resulting in a material adverse impact on our results of operations and growth rate. Increasing competition could also make the acquisition of high quality tower assets more costly, or limit the acquisition opportunities altogether. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The site development segment of our industry is also extremely competitive. There are numerous large and small companies that offer one or more of the services offered by our site development business. As a result of this competition, margins in this segment may come under pressure. Many of our competitors have lower overhead expenses and therefore may be able to provide services at prices that we consider unprofitable. If margins in this segment were to decrease, our consolidated revenues and our site development segment operating profit could be adversely affected.

 

 

 

 

13


 

Table of Contents

The documents governing our indebtedness contain restrictive covenants that could adversely affect our business by limiting our flexibility.

The indentures governing the 8.25% Notes, the 5.75% Notes and the 5.625% Notes, the Senior Credit Agreement and the Secured Tower Revenue Securities contain restrictive covenants imposing significant operational and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions that may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. Among other things, the covenants under each indenture limit our ability to:

merge, consolidate or sell assets;

make restricted payments, including pay dividends or make other distributions;

enter into transactions with affiliates;

enter into sale and leaseback transactions; and

issue guarantees of indebtedness.

We are required to maintain certain financial ratios under the Senior Credit Agreement. As amended in February 2014, the Senior Credit Agreement requires SBA Senior Finance II  to maintain specific financial ratios, including, at the SBA Senior Finance II level, (1) a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA not to exceed 6.5 times for any fiscal quarter, (2) a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt and Net Hedge Exposure (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement) to Annualized Borrower EBITDA for the most recently ended fiscal quarter not to exceed 6.5 times for 30 consecutive days and (3) a ratio of Annualized Borrower EBITDA to Annualized Cash Interest Expense (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement) of not less than 2.0 times for any fiscal quarter.

Additionally, the mortgage loan relating to our Tower Securities contains financial covenants that require that the mortgage loan borrowers maintain, on a consolidated basis, a minimum debt service coverage ratio. To the extent that the debt service coverage ratio, as of the end of any calendar quarter, falls to 1.30 times or lower, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as “excess cash flow,” will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless the debt service coverage ratio exceeds 1.30 times for two consecutive calendar quarters. If the debt service coverage ratio falls below 1.15 times as of the end of any calendar quarter, then an “amortization period” will commence and all funds on deposit in the reserve account will be applied to prepay the mortgage loan until such time that the debt service coverage ratio exceeds 1.15 times for a calendar quarter.

These covenants could place us at a disadvantage compared to some of our competitors which may have fewer restrictive covenants and may not be required to operate under these restrictions. Further, these covenants could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, new tower development, merger and acquisitions or other opportunities. If we fail to comply with these covenants, it could result in an event of default under our debt instruments. If any default occurs, all amounts outstanding under our outstanding notes and the Senior Credit Agreement may become immediately due and payable.

Our variable rate indebtedness and refinancing obligations subject us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Fluctuations in market interest rates may increase interest expense relating to our floating rate indebtedness, which we expect to incur under the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans or upon refinancing our fixed rate debt. As a result, we are exposed to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. There is no guarantee that any future refinancing of our indebtedness will have fixed interest rates or that interest rates on such indebtedness will be equal to or lower than the rates on our current indebtedness. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. We currently have no interest rate swaps.

 

14


 

Table of Contents

Our dependence on our subsidiaries for cash flow may negatively affect our business.

We are a holding company with no business operations of our own. Our only significant assets are, and are expected to be, the outstanding capital stock and membership interests of our subsidiaries. We conduct, and expect to continue conducting, all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our ability to pay our obligations is dependent upon dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries to us. Most of our indebtedness is owed directly by our subsidiaries, including the mortgage loan underlying the Tower Securities, the 8.25% Notes, the 5.75% Notes, the Term Loans and any amounts that we may borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the first use of any cash flow from operations generated by such subsidiaries will be payments of interest and principal, if any, under their respective indebtedness. Other than the cash required to repay amounts due under our outstanding convertible notes and 5.625% Notes, we currently expect that substantially all the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries will be retained and used by them in their operations, including servicing their respective debt obligations. The ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or transfer assets to us is restricted by applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including the terms of their outstanding debt instruments.

Our quarterly operating results for our site development services fluctuate and therefore we may not be able to adjust our cost structure on a timely basis with regard to such fluctuations.

The demand for our site development services fluctuates from quarter to quarter and should not be considered indicative of long-term results. Numerous factors cause these fluctuations, including:

the timing and amount of our customers’ capital expenditures;

the size and scope of our projects;

the business practices of customers, such as deferring commitments on new projects until after the end of the calendar year or the customers’ fiscal year;

delays relating to a project or tenant installation of equipment;

seasonal factors, such as weather, vacation days and total business days in a quarter;

the use of third party providers by our customers;

the rate and volume of wireless service providers’ network development; and

general economic conditions.

Although the demand for our site development services fluctuates, we incur significant fixed costs, such as maintaining a staff and office space, in anticipation of future contracts. In addition, the timing of revenues is difficult to forecast because our sales cycle may be relatively long. Therefore, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure on a timely basis to respond to the fluctuations in demand for our site development services.

We are not profitable and expect to continue to incur losses.

We are not profitable. The following chart shows the net losses we incurred for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(181,390)

 

$

(126,892)

 

Our losses are principally due to depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, interest expense (including non-cash interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees), and losses from the extinguishment of debt in the periods presented above. We expect to continue to incur significant losses, which may affect our ability to service our indebtedness.

15


 

Table of Contents

The loss of the services of certain of our key personnel or a significant number of our employees may negatively affect our business.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon performance and active participation of our key personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in retaining the services of these key personnel. We have employment agreements with Jeffrey A. Stoops, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Kurt L. Bagwell, our Executive Vice President and President—International, Thomas P. Hunt, our Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel, and Brendan T. Cavanagh, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We do not have employment agreements with any of our other key personnel. If we were to lose any key personnel, we may not be able to find an appropriate replacement on a timely basis and our results of operations could be negatively affected. Further, the loss of a significant number of employees or our inability to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business is subject to government regulations and changes in current or future regulations could harm our business.

We are subject to federal, state and local regulation of our business, both in the U.S. and internationally. In the U.S., both the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) and the FCC regulate the construction, modification, and maintenance of towers and structures that support antennas used for wireless communications and radio and television broadcasts. In addition, the FCC separately licenses and regulates wireless communications equipment and television and radio stations operating from such towers. FAA and FCC regulations govern construction, lighting, painting, and marking of towers and may, depending on the characteristics of the tower, require registration of the tower. Certain proposals to construct new towers or to modify existing towers are reviewed by the FAA to ensure that the tower will not present a hazard to air navigation.

Tower owners may have an obligation to mark or paint such towers or install lighting to conform to FAA and FCC regulations and to maintain such marking, painting and lighting. Tower owners may also bear the responsibility of notifying the FAA of any lighting outages. Certain proposals to operate wireless communications and radio or television stations from towers are also reviewed by the FCC to ensure compliance with environmental impact requirements established in federal statutes, including NEPA, NHPA and ESA. Failure to comply with existing or future applicable requirements may lead to civil penalties or other liabilities and may subject us to significant indemnification liability to our customers against any such failure to comply. In addition, new regulations may impose additional costly burdens on us, which may affect our revenues and cause delays in our growth.

Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers, vary greatly, but typically require tower owners to obtain approval from local officials or community standards organizations prior to tower construction or modification. Local regulations can delay, prevent, or increase the cost of new construction, co-locations, or site upgrades, thereby limiting our ability to respond to customer demand. In addition, new regulations may be adopted that increase delays or result in additional costs to us. Furthermore, with respect to our international new builds, our tower construction may be delayed or halted as a result of local zoning restrictions, inconsistencies between laws or other barriers to construction in international markets. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our future growth and operations.

Our towers are subject to damage from natural disasters.

Our towers are subject to risks associated with natural disasters such as tornadoes, hurricanes and earthquakes. We maintain insurance to cover the estimated cost of replacing damaged towers, but these insurance policies are subject to loss limits and deductibles. We also maintain third party liability insurance, subject to loss limits and deductibles, to protect us in the event of an accident involving a tower. A tower accident for which we are uninsured or underinsured, or damage to a significant number of our towers, could require us to incur significant expenditures and may have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

To the extent that we are not able to meet our contractual obligations to our customers, due to a natural disaster or other catastrophic circumstances, our customers may not be obligated or willing to pay their lease expenses; however, we would be required to continue paying our fixed expenses related to the affected tower, including ground lease expenses. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations to our customers for a material portion of our towers, our operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 

16


 

Table of Contents

We could have liability under environmental laws that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations, like those of other companies engaged in similar businesses, are subject to the requirements of various federal, state, local and foreign environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations, including those relating to the management, use, storage, disposal, emission and remediation of, and exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous substances, materials, and wastes. As owner, lessee or operator of numerous tower structures, we may be liable for substantial costs of remediating soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous materials, without regard to whether we, as the owner, lessee or operator, knew of or were responsible for the contamination. We may be subject to potentially significant fines or penalties if we fail to comply with any of these requirements. The current cost of complying with these laws is not material to our financial condition or results of operations. However, the requirements of these laws and regulations are complex, change frequently, and could become more stringent in the future. It is possible that these requirements will change or that liabilities will arise in the future in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could suffer adverse tax and other financial consequences if taxing authorities do not agree with our tax positions, or we are unable to utilize our net operating losses.

We are periodically subject to a number of tax examinations by taxing authorities in the states and countries where we do business. We also have significant deferred tax assets related to our net operating losses (“NOLs”) in U.S. federal and state taxing jurisdictions. Generally, for U.S. federal and state tax purposes, NOLs can be carried forward and used for up to twenty years, and all of our tax years will remain subject to examination until three years after our NOLs are used or expire. We expect that we will continue to be subject to tax examinations in the future. In addition, U.S. federal, state and local, as well as international, tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. We recognize tax benefits of uncertain tax positions when we believe the positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon a challenge by the relevant tax authority. We believe our judgments in this area are reasonable and correct, but there is no guarantee that we will be successful if challenged by a tax authority. If there are tax benefits, including from our use of NOLs or other tax attributes, that are challenged successfully by a taxing authority, we may be required to pay additional taxes or we may seek to enter into settlements with the taxing authorities, which could require significant payments or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we may be limited in our ability to utilize our NOLs to offset future taxable income and thereby reduce our otherwise payable income taxes. We have substantial federal and state NOLs, including significant portions obtained through acquisitions and dispositions, as well as those generated through our historic business operations. In addition, we have disposed of some entities and restructured other entities in conjunction with financing transactions and other business activities.

To the extent we believe that a position with respect to an NOL is not more likely than not to be sustained, we do not record the related deferred tax asset. In addition, for NOLs that meet the recognition threshold, we assess the recoverability of the NOL and establish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset related to the NOL if recoverability is questionable. Given the uncertainty surrounding the recoverability of certain of our NOLs, we have established a valuation allowance to offset the related deferred tax asset so as to reflect what we believe to be the recoverable portion of our NOLs.

Our ability to utilize our NOLs is also dependent, in part, upon us having sufficient future earnings to utilize our NOLs before they expire. If market conditions change materially and we determine that we will be unable to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize our NOLs, we could be required to record an additional valuation allowance. We review our uncertain tax position and the valuation allowance for our NOLs periodically and make adjustments from time to time, which can result in an increase or decrease to the net deferred tax asset related to our NOLs. Our NOLs are also subject to review and potential disallowance upon audit by the taxing authorities of the jurisdictions where the NOLs were incurred, and future changes in tax laws or interpretations of such tax laws could limit materially our ability to utilize our NOLs. If we are unable to use our NOLs or use of our NOLs is limited, we may have to make significant payments or otherwise record charges or reduce our deferred tax assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our issuance of equity securities and other associated transactions may trigger a future ownership change which may negatively impact our ability to utilize net operating loss deferred tax assets in the future.

The issuance of equity securities and other associated transactions may increase the chance that we will have a future ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. We may also have a future ownership change, outside of our control, caused by future equity transactions by our current shareholders. Depending on our market value at the time of such future ownership change, an ownership change under Section 382 could negatively impact our ability to utilize our net operating loss deferred tax assets in the event we generate future taxable income. Currently, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net operating loss

17


 

Table of Contents

deferred tax asset because we have concluded that our loss history indicates that it is not “more likely than not” that such deferred tax assets will be realized.  

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market or the issuance of other equity may cause dilution or adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and our ability to raise funds in new equity or equity-related offerings.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock or other equity-related securities in the public market, including sales by any selling shareholder or conversion of our convertible notes, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Our costs could increase and our revenues could decrease due to perceived health risks from RF energy.

The U.S. government imposes requirements and other guidelines relating to exposure to RF energy. Exposure to high levels of RF energy can cause negative health effects. The potential connection between exposure to low levels of RF energy and certain negative health effects, including some forms of cancer, has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. According to the FCC, the results of these studies to date have been inconclusive. However, public perception of possible health risks associated with cellular and other wireless communications media could slow the growth of wireless companies, which could in turn slow our growth. In particular, negative public perception of, and regulations regarding, health risks could cause a decrease in the demand for wireless communications services. Moreover, if a connection between exposure to low levels of RF energy and possible negative health effects, including cancer, were demonstrated, we could be subject to numerous claims. Our current policies provide no coverage for claims based on RF energy exposure. If we were subject to claims relating to exposure to RF energy, even if such claims were not ultimately found to have merit, our financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and Florida law provide for anti-takeover provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and Florida law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders. These provisions, alone or in combination with each other, may discourage transactions involving actual or potential changes of control, including transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices to holders of our Class A common stock, or could limit the ability of our shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests.

18


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

We are headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida where we currently lease approximately 103,000 square feet of office space in multiple buildings. These leases expire at different dates extending through February 28, 2022. In addition, on November 1, 2013, we purchased a new headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida where we currently own approximately 160,000 square feet of office space.  We have entered into long-term leases for regional and certain site development office locations where we expect our activities to be longer-term. We open and close project offices from time to time in connection with our site development business. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our current and planned levels of operations and that additional office space suited for our needs is reasonably available in the markets within which we operate. 

Our interests in towers and the land beneath them are comprised of a variety of fee interests, leasehold interests created by long-term lease agreements, perpetual easements, easements, licenses, rights-of-way, and other similar interests. For the year ended December 31, 2013,  approximately 72% of our tower structures were located on parcels of land that we own, land subject to perpetual easements, or parcels of land that have an interest that extends beyond 20 years. The average remaining life under our ground leases, including renewal options under our control, has been extended to 31 years. In rural areas, support for our towers, equipment shelters, and related equipment requires a tract of land typically up to 10,000 square feet. Less than 2,500 square feet is required for a monopole or self-supporting tower of the kind typically used in metropolitan areas for wireless communications towers. Land leases generally have an initial term of five years with five or more additional automatic renewal periods of five years, for a total of thirty years or more.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various legal proceedings relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.

19


 

Table of Contents

 PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for our Class A Common Stock

Our Class A common stock commenced trading under the symbol “SBAC” on The NASDAQ National Market System on June 16, 1999. We now trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, a segment of the NASDAQ Global Market, formally known as the NASDAQ National Market System.

The following table presents the high and low sales price for our Class A common stock for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

Quarter ended December 31, 2013

 

$

92.21 

 

$

76.77 

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

 

$

80.65 

 

$

71.10 

Quarter ended June 30, 2013

 

$

82.31 

 

$

70.55 

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

 

$

74.04 

 

$

66.68 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2012

 

$

71.17 

 

$

62.25 

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

 

$

63.22 

 

$

55.56 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

 

$

57.88 

 

$

49.37 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

 

$

51.51 

 

$

42.53 

As of February 14, 2014, there were 105 record holders of our Class A common stock.

Dividends

We have never paid a dividend on any class of common stock and anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Consequently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the terms of our debt instruments.

20


 

Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

 

(in thousands except exercise price)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Remaining Available for

 

 

 

to be Issued

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Future Issuance Under

 

 

 

Upon Exercise of

 

 

of Outstanding

 

 

Equity Compensation Plans

 

 

 

Outstanding Options,

 

 

Options, Warrants

 

 

(Excluding Securities

 

 

 

Warrants and Rights

 

 

and Rights

 

 

Reflected in first column (a))

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001 Plan

 

1,080 

(1)

 

$

27.86 

(1)

 

 —

(3)

2010 Plan

 

2,203 

(2)

 

$

51.64 

(2)

 

12,497 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

security holders

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

3,283 

 

 

$

43.82 

 

 

12,497 

 

 

(1)Included in the number of securities in column (a) is 24,389 restricted stock units, which have no exercise price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (excluding restricted stock units) is $28.51.  

(2)Included in the number of securities in column (a) is 280,031 restricted stock units, which have no exercise price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (excluding restricted stock units) is $59.16.  

(3)This plan has been terminated and we are no longer eligible to issue shares pursuant to the plan.

21


 

Table of Contents

 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth selected historical financial data as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2013. The financial data for the fiscal years ended 2013,  2012,  2011,  2010,  and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

(audited) (in thousands, except for per share data)

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing

 

$

1,133,013 

 

$

846,094 

 

$

616,294 

 

$

535,444 

 

$

477,007 

Site development

 

 

171,853 

 

 

107,990 

 

 

81,876 

 

 

91,175 

 

 

78,506 

Total revenues

 

 

1,304,866 

 

 

954,084 

 

 

698,170 

 

 

626,619 

 

 

555,513 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and amortization shown below):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of site leasing

 

 

270,772 

 

 

188,951 

 

 

131,916 

 

 

119,141 

 

 

111,842 

Cost of site development

 

 

137,481 

 

 

90,556 

 

 

71,005 

 

 

80,301 

 

 

68,701 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

85,476 

 

 

72,148 

 

 

62,828 

 

 

58,209 

 

 

52,785 

Acquisition related  expenses

 

 

19,198 

 

 

40,433 

 

 

7,144 

 

 

10,106 

 

 

4,810 

Asset impairment and decommission costs

 

 

28,960 

 

 

6,383 

 

 

5,472 

 

 

5,862 

 

 

3,884 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

533,334 

 

 

408,467 

 

 

309,146 

 

 

278,727 

 

 

258,537 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,075,221 

 

 

806,938 

 

 

587,511 

 

 

552,346 

 

 

500,559 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

229,645 

 

 

147,146 

 

 

110,659 

 

 

74,273 

 

 

54,954 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,794 

 

 

1,128 

 

 

136 

 

 

432 

 

 

1,123 

Interest expense

 

 

(249,051)

 

 

(196,241)

 

 

(160,896)

 

 

(149,921)

 

 

(130,853)

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

(49,085)

 

 

(70,110)

 

 

(63,629)

 

 

(60,070)

 

 

(49,897)

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

 

(15,560)

 

 

(12,870)

 

 

(9,188)

 

 

(9,099)

 

 

(10,456)

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

(6,099)

 

 

(51,799)

 

 

(1,696)

 

 

(49,060)

 

 

(5,661)

Other income (expense)

 

 

31,138 

 

 

5,654 

 

 

(165)

 

 

29 

 

 

163 

Total other expense

 

 

(286,863)

 

 

(324,238)

 

 

(235,438)

 

 

(267,689)

 

 

(195,581)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(57,218)

 

 

(177,092)

 

 

(124,779)

 

 

(193,416)

 

 

(140,627)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

1,309 

 

 

(6,594)

 

 

(2,113)

 

 

(1,005)

 

 

(492)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

(183,686)

 

 

(126,892)

 

 

(194,421)

 

 

(141,119)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

(181,390)

 

 

(126,892)

 

 

(194,421)

 

 

(141,119)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (income) attributable to the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 

353 

 

 

436 

 

 

(253)

 

 

248 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(181,037)

 

$

(126,456)

 

$

(194,674)

 

$

(140,871)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted per common share amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(0.44)

 

$

(1.53)

 

$

(1.14)

 

$

(1.68)

 

$

(1.20)

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 —

 

 

0.02 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net loss per common share

 

$

(0.44)

 

$

(1.51)

 

$

(1.14)

 

$

(1.68)

 

$

(1.20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted avg. number of common shares

 

 

127,769 

 

 

120,280 

 

 

111,595 

 

 

115,591 

 

 

117,165 

 

22


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

 

(in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

122,112 

 

$

233,099 

 

$

47,316 

 

$

64,254 

 

$

161,317 

Restricted cash - current (1)

 

 

47,305 

 

 

27,708 

 

 

22,266 

 

 

29,456 

 

 

30,285 

Short-term investments

 

 

5,446 

 

 

5,471 

 

 

5,773 

 

 

4,016 

 

 

5,352 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,578,444 

 

 

2,671,317 

 

 

1,583,393 

 

 

1,534,318 

 

 

1,496,938 

Intangibles, net

 

 

3,387,198 

 

 

3,134,133 

 

 

1,639,784 

 

 

1,500,012 

 

 

1,435,591 

Total assets

 

 

6,783,188 

 

 

6,615,911 

 

 

3,606,399 

 

 

3,400,175 

 

 

3,313,646 

Total debt

 

 

5,876,607 

 

 

5,356,103 

 

 

3,354,485 

 

 

2,827,450 

 

 

2,489,050 

Total shareholders' equity (deficit) (2)

 

 

356,966 

 

 

652,991 

 

 

(11,313)

 

 

317,110 

 

 

599,949 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

Other Data:

 

(in thousands)

Cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

497,587 

 

$

340,914 

 

$

249,058 

 

$

201,140 

 

$

222,572 

Investing activities

 

 

(826,522)

 

 

(2,275,051)

 

 

(507,888)

 

 

(425,039)

 

 

(229,075)

Financing activities

 

 

220,161 

 

 

2,116,412 

 

 

242,047 

 

 

126,821 

 

 

88,978 

 

(1)Restricted cash of $47.3 million as of December 31, 2013 consisted of $46.4 million related to the Tower Securities loan requirements and $0.9 million related to surety bonds issued for our benefit. Restricted cash of $27.7 million as of December 31, 2012 consisted of $26.8 million related to the Tower Securities loan requirements and $0.9 million related to surety bonds issued for our benefit. Restricted cash of $22.3 million as of December 31, 2011 consisted of $21.4 million related to 2010 Tower Securities loan requirements and $0.9 million related to surety bonds issued for our benefit. Restricted cash of $29.5 million as of December 31, 2010 consisted of $28.6 million related to 2010 Tower Securities loan requirements and $0.9 million related to surety bonds issued for our benefit. Restricted cash of $30.3 million as of December 31, 2009 consisted of $29.1 million related to the Tower Securities loan requirements and $1.2 million related to surety bonds issued for our benefit.

(2)Includes deferred loss from the termination of nine interest rate swap agreements of $4.3 million as of December 31, 2009.

23


 

Table of Contents

 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the information contained in our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in Item 1A. Risk Factors. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed below. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. Risk Factors.

We are a leading independent owner and operator of wireless communications tower structures, rooftops and other structures that support antennas used for wireless communications, which we collectively refer to as “towers” or “sites.” Our principal operations are in the United States and its territories. In addition, we own and operate towers in Canada, Central America, and South America. Our primary business line is our site leasing business, which contributed 96.2% of our total segment operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2013. In our site leasing business, we (1) lease antenna space to wireless service providers on towers that we own or operate and (2) manage rooftop and tower sites for property owners under various contractual arrangements. The towers that we own have been constructed by us at the request of a wireless service provider, constructed based on our own initiative, or acquired. As of December 31, 2013, we owned 20,079 towers, a substantial portion of which have been built by us or built by other tower owners or operators who, like us, have built such towers to lease space to multiple wireless service providers. We also managed or leased approximately 4,800 actual or potential towers, approximately 500 of which were revenue producing as of December 31, 2013. Our other business line is our site development business, through which we assist wireless service providers in developing and maintaining their own wireless service networks.

Site Leasing Services

Our primary focus is the leasing of antenna space on our multi-tenant towers to a variety of wireless service providers under long-term lease contracts in the United States, Canada, Central America, and South America. Site leasing revenues are received primarily from wireless service provider tenants, including AT&T, Sprint, Verizon Wireless, T-Mobile, Oi, Digicel, Claro and Telefonica. Wireless service providers enter into different tenant leases with us, each of which relates to the lease or use of space at an individual tower. In the United States and Canada, our tenant leases are generally for an initial term of five to ten years with five 5-year renewal periods at the option of the tenant. These tenant leases typically contain specific rent escalators, which average 3-4% per year, including the renewal option periods. Tenant leases in our Central and South America markets typically have an initial term of 10 years with 5-year renewal periods. In Central America, we have similar rent escalators to that of leases in the United States and Canada while our leases in South America typically escalate in accordance with a standard cost of living index.

Cost of site leasing revenue primarily consists of:

Rental payments on ground leases and other underlying property interests;

Straight-line rent adjustment for the difference between rental payments made and the expense recorded as if the payments had been made evenly throughout the lease term (which may include renewal terms) of the underlying property interests;

Property taxes;

Site maintenance and monitoring costs (exclusive of employee related costs);

Utilities;

Property insurance; and

Deferred lease origination cost amortization.

 Ground leases are generally for an initial term of five years or more with multiple renewal terms of five year periods at our option and provide for rent escalators which typically average 2-3% annually, or in Brazil adjust in accordance with a standard cost of living index. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 72% of our tower structures were located on parcels of land that we own, land subject to perpetual easements, or parcels of land in which we have a leasehold interest that extends beyond 20 years. For any given

24


 

Table of Contents

tower, costs are relatively fixed over a monthly or an annual time period. As such, operating costs for owned towers do not generally increase as a result of adding additional customers to the tower. The amount of direct costs associated with operating a tower varies from site to site depending on the taxing jurisdiction and the height and age of the tower. The ongoing maintenance requirements are typically minimal and include replacing lighting systems, painting a tower, or upgrading or repairing an access road or fencing.

As indicated in the table below, our site leasing business generates substantially all of our total segment operating profit. For information regarding our operating segments, see Note 20 of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing revenue

 

$

1,133,013 

 

$

846,094 

 

$

616,294 

Total revenues

 

$

1,304,866 

 

$

954,084 

 

$

698,170 

Site leasing revenue as percentage of total revenues

 

 

86.8% 

 

 

88.7% 

 

 

88.3% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment Operating Profit

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing segment operating profit (1)

 

$

862,241 

 

$

657,143 

 

$

484,378 

Total segment operating profit (1)

 

$

896,613 

 

$

674,577 

 

$

495,249 

Site leasing segment operating profit as percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

total segment operating profit (1)

 

 

96.2% 

 

 

97.4% 

 

 

97.8% 

 

(1)Site leasing segment operating profit and total segment operating profit are non-GAAP financial measures. We reconcile these measures and other Regulation G disclosures in this annual report in the section entitled Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

We believe that over the long-term, site leasing revenues will continue to grow as wireless service providers lease additional antenna space on our towers due to increasing minutes of network use and data transfer, network expansion and network coverage requirements. We believe our site leasing business is characterized by stable and long-term recurring revenues, predictable operating costs and minimal non-discretionary capital expenditures. Due to the relatively young age and mix of our tower portfolio, we expect future expenditures required to maintain these towers to be minimal. Consequently, we expect to grow our cash flows by (1) adding tenants to our towers at minimal incremental costs by using existing tower capacity or requiring wireless service providers to bear all or a portion of the cost of tower modifications and (2) executing monetary amendments as wireless service providers upgrade their equipment. Furthermore, because our towers are strategically positioned and our customers typically do not relocate, we have historically experienced low tenant lease terminations as a percentage of revenue.

Site Development Services

Our site development business, which is conducted in the United States only, is complementary to our site leasing business and provides us the ability to keep in close contact with the wireless service providers who generate substantially all of our site leasing revenue and to capture ancillary revenues that are generated by our site leasing activities, such as antenna and equipment installation at our tower locations. Site development services revenues are earned primarily from providing a full range of end to end services to wireless service providers or companies providing development or project management services to wireless service providers. Our services include: (1) network pre-design; (2) site audits; (3) identification of potential locations for towers and antennas; (4) support in buying or leasing of the location; (5) assistance in obtaining zoning approvals and permits; (6) tower and related site construction; (7) antenna installation; and (8) radio equipment installation, commissioning, and maintenance. We provide site development services at our towers and at towers owned by others.

For information regarding our operating segments, see Note 20 of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

25


 

Table of Contents

International Operations

As of December 31, 2013, we had operations in Canada, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Panama, and Brazil. Our operations in these countries are solely in the site leasing business, and we expect to expand operations through new builds and acquisitions. Tenant leases in the Canadian market typically have similar terms and conditions as those in the United States, with an initial term of five years, and specific rent escalators. Tenant leases in Central America and Brazil typically have a ten year initial term. Tenant leases in Central America typically have similar renewal terms and rent escalators as those in the United States and Canada while those in Brazil are based on a standard cost of living index.

In our Central American markets, significantly all of our revenue, expenses, and capital expenditures arising from our new build activities are denominated in U.S. dollars. Specifically, most of our ground leases, tenant leases, and tower-related expenses are due and paid in U.S. dollars. In our Central American markets, our local currency obligations are principally limited to (1) permitting and other local fees, (2) utilities, and (3) taxes. In our Canadian and Brazilian operations, significantly all of our revenue, expenses and capital expenditures, including tenant leases, ground leases and other tower-related expenses, are denominated in local currency.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have identified the policies and significant estimation processes below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. The listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, with no need for management’s judgment in their application. In other cases, management is required to exercise judgment in the application of accounting principles with respect to particular transactions. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” where such policies affect reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, included herein. Our preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates and such differences could be significant.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Revenue from site leasing is recorded monthly and recognized on a straight-line basis over the current term of the related lease agreements, which are generally five to ten years. Receivables recorded related to the straight-lining of site leases are reflected in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Rental amounts received in advance are recorded as deferred revenue on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Site development projects in which we perform consulting services include contracts on a time and materials basis or a fixed price basis. Time and materials based contracts are billed at contractual rates as the services are rendered. For those site development contracts in which we perform work on a fixed price basis, site development billing (and revenue recognition) is based on the completion of agreed upon phases of the project on a per site basis. Upon the completion of each phase on a per site basis, we recognize the revenue related to that phase. Site development projects generally take from 3 to 12 months to complete.

Revenue from construction projects is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date compared to management’s estimated total cost for each contract. This method is used because management considers total cost to be the best available measure of progress on the contracts. These amounts are based on estimates, and the uncertainty inherent in the estimates initially is reduced as work on the contracts nears completion. The asset “costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts” represents costs incurred and revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. The liability “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts,” included within other current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, represents billings in excess of costs incurred and revenues recognized. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined to be probable.

On October 31, 2011, we entered into a Master Amendment with one of our wireless service provider customers. The Master Amendment serves as a separate amendment to each individual existing tenant lease agreement that we are currently a party to with that customer. Among other items, the Master Amendment (1) extends the current term of the individual leases, (2) permits the customer limited early termination rights which will be exercisable over a multi-year period, commencing in the second half of 2013, on a specific number of the existing leases, (3) allows the customer to make certain specific equipment changes at the towers in

26


 

Table of Contents

exchange for an increase in monthly rental payment due from the customer, and (4) slightly modifies the existing monthly lease rates of certain leases. The customer’s early termination rights are limited with respect to the aggregate number of leases that may be terminated and the number that may be terminated in any quarter. A portion of the remaining specific leases to be terminated early and the timing of such terminations has not been determined as of the date of this filing. As a result, for accounting and financial statement purposes, we have made assumptions with regard to the remaining leases to be terminated and the timing of the terminations. We have assumed that the customer will terminate the maximum number of leases allowable in each quarter, selecting the highest rental rate leases at the earliest allowable dates. We believe that these assumptions will ensure that only the minimum known revenue for the pool of leases covered by the Master Agreement will be accrued on a straight-line basis. Our balance sheet and statement of operations reflect these assumptions. The actual leases that the customer terminates and the timing and number of terminations may or may not be those that we have identified in our assumptions. We will monitor actual results and elections under the Master Amendment and record any differences from previously made assumptions on a quarterly basis. To the extent that the actual results materially differ from the assumptions made, we will disclose the impact of these adjustments.

We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers. We monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience, specific customer collection issues identified, and past due balances as determined based on contractual terms. Interest is charged on outstanding receivables from customers on a case by case basis in accordance with the terms of the respective contracts or agreements with those customers. Amounts determined to be uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts in the period in which uncollectibility is determined to be probable.

Asset Impairment

We evaluate individual long-lived and related assets with finite lives for indicators of impairment to determine when an impairment analysis should be performed. We evaluate our tower assets and current contract intangibles at the tower level, which is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows exists. We evaluate our network location intangibles for impairment at the tower leasing business level whenever indicators of impairment are present. We have established a policy to at least annually evaluate our tower assets and current contract intangibles for impairment.

We record an impairment charge when we believe an investment in towers or related assets has been impaired, such that future undiscounted cash flows would not recover the then current carrying value of the investment in the tower and related intangible. Estimates and assumptions inherent in the impairment evaluation include, but are not limited to, general market and economic conditions, historical operating results, geographic location, lease-up potential, and expected timing of lease-up. In addition, we make certain assumptions in determining an asset’s fair value for the purpose of calculating the amount of an impairment charge.

Business Combinations

We account for acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities we acquire are recorded at fair market value at the date of each acquisition and the results of operations of the acquired assets are included with our results of operations from the dates of the respective acquisitions. We continue to evaluate all acquisitions for a period not to exceed one year after the applicable closing date of each transaction to determine whether any additional adjustments are needed to the allocation of the purchase price paid for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as a result of information available at the acquisition date. The intangible assets represent the value associated with the current leases at the acquisition date (“Current contract Intangibles”) and future tenant leases anticipated to be added to the communication sites (“Network location intangibles”) and were calculated using the discounted values of the current or future expected cash flows. The intangible assets are estimated to have a useful life consistent with the useful life of the related communication site assets, which is typically 15 years.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the we may agree to pay additional consideration (or earnouts) if the communication sites or businesses that are acquired meet or exceed certain performance targets over a period of one to three years after they have been acquired. We record contingent consideration for acquisitions that occurred prior to January 1, 2009 when the contingent consideration is paid. Effective January 1, 2009, we accrue for contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions at fair value as of the date of the acquisition. All subsequent changes in fair value of contingent consideration are recorded through Consolidated Statements of Operations. In certain acquisitions, the additional consideration may be paid in cash or shares of Class A common stock at our option.

 

 

27


 

Table of Contents

 KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This report contains certain non-GAAP measures, including Segment Operating Profit and Adjusted EBITDA information. We have provided below a description of such non-GAAP measures, a reconciliation of such non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures and an explanation as to why management utilizes these measures.

Segment Operating Profit:

We believe that Segment Operating Profit is an indicator of the operating performance of our site leasing and site development segments and is used to provide management with the ability to monitor the operating results and margin of each segment, while excluding the impact of depreciation, accretion, and amortization, which is largely fixed and non-cash in nature. Segment Operating Profit is not intended to be an alternative measure of revenue or segment gross profit as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

December 31,

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

Segment Operating Profit

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Change

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing

 

$

862,241 

 

$

657,143 

 

$

205,098 

 

31.2% 

 

$

657,143 

 

$

484,378 

 

$

172,765 

 

35.7% 

Site development

 

$

34,372 

 

$

17,434 

 

$

16,938 

 

97.2% 

 

$

17,434 

 

$

10,871 

 

$

6,563 

 

60.4% 

Total

 

$

896,613 

 

$

674,577 

 

$

222,036 

 

32.9% 

 

$

674,577 

 

$

495,249 

 

$

179,328 

 

36.2% 

 

Site leasing segment operating profit increased  $205.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to additional profit generated by (1) 9,159 towers acquired and 690 towers built since January 1, 2012 which include towers acquired in the Mobilitie, TowerCo, Vivo, and Oi acquisitions, (2) organic site leasing growth from new leases, (3) contractual rent escalators, and (4) lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent as a result of additional equipment added to our towers in addition to improving control of our site leasing cost of revenue, and the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program.

Site leasing segment operating profit increased $172.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to additional profit generated by (1) 7,715 towers acquired and 744 towers built since January 1, 2011, (2) organic site leasing growth from new leases, (3) contractual rent escalators, and (4) lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent as a result of additional equipment added to our towers, in addition to improving control of our site leasing cost of revenue, and the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program.

The increase in site development segment operating profit of $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 is primarily due to the higher volume of work performed compared to the prior year associated with the deployment of next generation networks by wireless carriers, in particular, the Sprint Network Vision and T-Mobile modernization initiatives.

The increase in site development segment operating profit of $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 is primarily due to the higher volume of work performed compared to the prior year associated with the deployment of next generation networks by wireless carriers including Sprint’s Network Vision and the T-Mobile modernization initiatives. Site development work mandated to us through our Sprint and T-Mobile master lease amendments contributed to this increased volume.

28


 

Table of Contents

Each respective Segment Operating Profit is defined as segment revenues less segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation, accretion and amortization). Total Segment Operating Profit is the total of the operating profits of the two segments. The reconciliation of Segment Operating Profit is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing segment

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

1,133,013 

 

$

846,094 

 

$

616,294 

Segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accretion, and amortization)

 

 

(270,772)

 

 

(188,951)

 

 

(131,916)

Segment operating profit

 

$

862,241 

 

$

657,143 

 

$

484,378 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site development segment

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

171,853 

 

$

107,990 

 

$

81,876 

Segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accretion, and amortization)

 

 

(137,481)

 

 

(90,556)

 

 

(71,005)

Segment operating profit

 

$

34,372 

 

$

17,434 

 

$

10,871 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding the impact of non-cash straight-line leasing revenue, non-cash straight-line ground lease expense, non-cash compensation, net loss from extinguishment of debt, other income and expenses, acquisition related expenses, asset impairment and decommission costs, net interest expenses, depreciation, accretion, and amortization, provision for taxes, and income from discontinued operations.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an indicator of the financial performance of our core businesses. Adjusted EBITDA is a component of the calculation that has been used by our lenders to determine compliance with certain covenants under our Senior Credit Agreement, 8.25% Notes, 5.625% Notes, and 5.75% Notes. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be an alternative measure of operating income or gross profit margin as determined in accordance with GAAP.

29


 

Table of Contents

The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(181,390)

 

$

(126,892)

Non-cash straight-line leasing revenue

 

 

(65,611)

 

 

(52,009)

 

 

(12,762)

Non-cash straight-line ground lease expense

 

 

33,621 

 

 

22,463 

 

 

11,811 

Non-cash compensation

 

 

17,205 

 

 

13,968 

 

 

11,469 

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

6,099 

 

 

51,799 

 

 

1,696 

Other (income) expense

 

 

(31,138)

 

 

(5,654)

 

 

165 

Acquisition related expenses

 

 

19,198 

 

 

40,433 

 

 

7,144 

Asset impairment and decommission costs

 

 

28,960 

 

 

6,383 

 

 

5,472 

Interest income

 

 

(1,794)

 

 

(1,128)

 

 

(136)

Interest expense (1)

 

 

313,696 

 

 

279,221 

 

 

233,713 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

533,334 

 

 

408,467 

 

 

309,146 

Provision for taxes (2)

 

 

(493)

 

 

7,689 

 

 

4,091 

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,296)

 

 

 —

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

797,168 

 

$

587,946 

 

$

444,917 

 

(1)Interest expense includes interest expense, non-cash interest expense, and amortization of deferred financing fees.

(2)Provision for taxes includes $817,  $1,095 and $1,978 of franchise taxes reflected in selling, general, and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively.

           Adjusted EBITDA was $797.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $587.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase of $209.3 million is primarily the result of increased segment operating profit from our site leasing and site development segments offset partially by the increase in our cash selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA was $587.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $444.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of $143.0 million is primarily the result of increased segment operating profit from our site leasing and site development segments offset partially by the increase in our cash selling, general, and administrative expenses.

30


 

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended 2013 Compared to Year Ended 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Change

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing

 

$

1,133,013 

 

$

846,094 

 

$

286,919 

 

 

33.9% 

Site development

 

 

171,853 

 

 

107,990 

 

 

63,863 

 

 

59.1% 

Total revenues

 

 

1,304,866 

 

 

954,084 

 

 

350,782 

 

 

36.8% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and amortization shown below):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of site leasing

 

 

270,772 

 

 

188,951 

 

 

81,821 

 

 

43.3% 

Cost of site development

 

 

137,481 

 

 

90,556 

 

 

46,925 

 

 

51.8% 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

85,476 

 

 

72,148 

 

 

13,328 

 

 

18.5% 

Acquisition related  expenses

 

 

19,198 

 

 

40,433 

 

 

(21,235)

 

 

(52.5%)

Asset impairment and decommission costs

 

 

28,960 

 

 

6,383 

 

 

22,577 

 

 

353.7% 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

533,334 

 

 

408,467 

 

 

124,867 

 

 

30.6% 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,075,221 

 

 

806,938 

 

 

268,283 

 

 

33.2% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

229,645 

 

 

147,146 

 

 

82,499 

 

 

56.1% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,794 

 

 

1,128 

 

 

666 

 

 

59.0% 

Interest expense

 

 

(249,051)

 

 

(196,241)

 

 

(52,810)

 

 

26.9% 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

(49,085)

 

 

(70,110)

 

 

21,025 

 

 

(30.0%)

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

 

(15,560)

 

 

(12,870)

 

 

(2,690)

 

 

20.9% 

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

(6,099)

 

 

(51,799)

 

 

45,700 

 

 

(88.2%)

Other income (expense)

 

 

31,138 

 

 

5,654 

 

 

25,484 

 

 

450.7% 

Total other expense

 

 

(286,863)

 

 

(324,238)

 

 

37,375 

 

 

(11.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(57,218)

 

 

(177,092)

 

 

119,874 

 

 

(67.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1,309 

 

 

(6,594)

 

 

7,903 

 

 

(119.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

(183,686)

 

 

127,777 

 

 

(69.6%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

(2,296)

 

 

(100.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

(181,390)

 

 

125,481 

 

 

(69.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 

353 

 

 

(353)

 

 

(100.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(181,037)

 

$

125,128 

 

 

(69.1%)

 

Revenues:

Site leasing revenues increased  $286.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, due largely to (i) revenues from 9,159 towers acquired and 690 towers built since January 1, 2012 which includes towers acquired in the Mobilitie, TowerCo, Vivo, and Oi acquisitions and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators and lease amendments which increased the related rent to reflect additional equipment added to our towers.

Site development revenues increased  $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, as a result of a higher volume of work performed during the period as compared to the same period last year associated with the deployment of next generation networks by wireless carriers, in particular, Sprint’s Network Vision and T-Mobile modernization initiatives. Site development work mandated to us through our Sprint and T-Mobile master lease amendments contributed to this increased volume.

31


 

Table of Contents

Operating Expenses:

Site leasing cost of revenues increased  $81.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of the growth in the number of towers owned by us, partially offset by the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program.

Site development cost of revenues increased  $46.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, as a result of a higher volume of work associated with the deployment of next generation networks by wireless carriers and work mandated to us through executed master lease amendments.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased  $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel, salaries, benefits, non-cash compensation, and other expenses due in large part to our continued portfolio expansion in general and in Brazil in particular.

Acquisition related expenses decreased  $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of 2012.

Asset impairment and decommission costs increased  $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of the write-off of assets and related costs associated with the decommissioning of 248 towers during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense increased  $124.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, due to an increase in the number of towers we acquired and built.

Operating Income:

Operating income increased  $82.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher segment operating profit in both the site leasing and site development segments as well as a reduction in acquisition related expenses partially offset by increases in asset impairment and decommission costs, depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense, and selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Other Income (Expense):

Interest expense increased  $52.8 million due to the higher weighted average principal amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, primarily resulting from the issuance of the 2012-1 and 2012-2 Term Loans, 2012-1 Tower Securities, 2013 Tower Securities, 5.75% Notes, and 5.625% Notes. These increases were partially offset by the maturity of the 1.875% Notes, the full repayment of the 8.0% Senior Notes, as well as partial prepayments of the 2011 Term Loan, 2012-2 Term Loan, and 8.25% Senior Notes.

Non-cash interest expense decreased  $21.0 million from the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the prior year. This decrease primarily reflects the full repayment of the 1.875% Notes.

Amortization of deferred financing fees increased  $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, primarily resulting from the issuance of the 2012-1 Term Loan, 2012-2 Term Loan, 2012-1 Tower Securities, 2013 Tower Securities, 5.75% Notes, and 5.625% Notes. These increases were offset by the full redemption of the 8.0% Notes, the partial redemption of the 8.25% Notes, and the settlement of the 1.875% Notes.

Loss from extinguishment of debt decreased  $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the prior year, primarily due to the premium paid on the 8.0% and 8.25% Senior Notes during the second and third quarters of 2012 and the write off of the related debt discount and deferred financing fees as compared to the write off of debt discounts and deferred financing fees associated with the partial repayment of the 2011 and 2012-2 Term Loans in 2013.

Other income increased  $25.5 million primarily due to a $27.3 million gain on the sale of a bankruptcy claim against Lehman Brothers in the third quarter of 2013, as compared to a $4.6 million gain on partial settlement of a bankruptcy claim received during the year ended December 31, 2012.

32


 

Table of Contents

Net Loss:

 

Net loss decreased  $125.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in our total segments operating profit, an increase in other income, and decreases in acquisition related expenses, loss from extinguishment of debt, and non-cash interest expense as compared to the prior year. These items were partially offset by increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses, asset impairment and decommission costs, depreciation, amortization, and accretion, and interest expense.

 

Year Ended 2012 Compared to Year Ended 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Change

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing

 

$

846,094 

 

$

616,294 

 

$

229,800 

 

 

37.3% 

Site development

 

 

107,990 

 

 

81,876 

 

 

26,114 

 

 

31.9% 

Total revenues

 

 

954,084 

 

 

698,170 

 

 

255,914 

 

 

36.7% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and amortization shown below):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of site leasing

 

 

188,951 

 

 

131,916 

 

 

57,035 

 

 

43.2% 

Cost of site development

 

 

90,556 

 

 

71,005 

 

 

19,551 

 

 

27.5% 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

72,148 

 

 

62,828 

 

 

9,320 

 

 

14.8% 

Acquisition related  expenses

 

 

40,433 

 

 

7,144 

 

 

33,289 

 

 

466.0% 

Asset impairment and decommission costs

 

 

6,383 

 

 

5,472 

 

 

911 

 

 

16.6% 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

408,467 

 

 

309,146 

 

 

99,321 

 

 

32.1% 

Total operating expenses

 

 

806,938 

 

 

587,511 

 

 

219,427 

 

 

37.3% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

147,146 

 

 

110,659 

 

 

36,487 

 

 

33.0% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,128 

 

 

136 

 

 

992 

 

 

729.4% 

Interest expense

 

 

(196,241)

 

 

(160,896)

 

 

(35,345)

 

 

22.0% 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

(70,110)

 

 

(63,629)

 

 

(6,481)

 

 

10.2% 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

 

(12,870)

 

 

(9,188)

 

 

(3,682)

 

 

40.1% 

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

(51,799)

 

 

(1,696)

 

 

(50,103)

 

 

2,954.2% 

Other income (expense)

 

 

5,654 

 

 

(165)

 

 

5,819 

 

 

(3,526.7%)

Total other expense

 

 

(324,238)

 

 

(235,438)

 

 

(88,800)

 

 

37.7% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(177,092)

 

 

(124,779)

 

 

(52,313)

 

 

41.9% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(6,594)

 

 

(2,113)

 

 

(4,481)

 

 

212.1% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(183,686)

 

 

(126,892)

 

 

(56,794)

 

 

44.8% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

—%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(181,390)

 

 

(126,892)

 

 

(54,498)

 

 

42.9% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 

353 

 

 

436 

 

 

(83)

 

 

(19.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

$

(181,037)

 

$

(126,456)

 

$

(54,581)

 

 

43.2% 

 

Revenues:

Site leasing revenue increased $229.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the prior year, due largely to (i) revenues from 7,715 towers acquired and 744 towers built since January 1, 2011 including $125.7 million of additional revenue from the Mobilitie and TowerCo acquisitions, (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators with current tenants and lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent to reflect additional equipment added to our

33


 

Table of Contents

towers, and (iii) increased straight-line leasing revenue associated with the Sprint Network Vision Agreement entered into in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the master lease amendment entered into with T-Mobile in September 2012.

Site development revenue increased $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of a higher volume of work performed during 2012 as compared to 2011 associated with the deployment of next generation networks by wireless carriers including Sprint’s Network Vision initiative.

Operating Expenses:

Site leasing cost of revenues increased $57.0 million primarily as a result of the growth in the number of towers owned by us, including $31.3 million (the majority of which is reimbursable to us) from the Mobilitie towers acquired in the second quarter and $17.9 million from the TowerCo towers acquired in the fourth quarter.

Site development cost of revenues increased $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the prior year due to a higher volume of work performed during 2012 as compared to 2011 associated with the deployment of next generation networks by wireless carriers including Sprint’s Network Vision initiative.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $9.3 million primarily as a result of an increase in personnel, salaries and benefits, and non-cash compensation expense due in part to the Company’s continued portfolio expansion as well as costs incurred in connection with our international expansion.

Acquisition related expenses increased $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of an increase in the number of acquisitions. Acquisition related costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012 associated with the Mobilitie and TowerCo acquisitions were $30.6 million.

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense increased $99.3 million to $408.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $309.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to an increase in the number of towers built and acquired by us, including through the Mobilitie and TowerCo acquisitions. Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 includes $73.1 million related to Mobilitie and TowerCo.

Operating Income:

Operating income increased $36.5 million for year ended December 31, 2012 to $147.1 million compared to $110.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to higher segment operating profit in both the site leasing and site development segments offset by increases in depreciation, accretion and amortization expense, acquisition related expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses.

Other Income (Expense):

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $35.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to the higher weighted average principal amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2012 resulting from the issuance of the 2011 Term Loan, 2012-1 Term Loan, 5.75% Notes, Mobilitie Bridge Loan, 2012 Tower Securities, 5.625% Notes, and the 2012-2 Term Loan. These were offset by the full redemption of $375.0 million of principal balance of the 8.0% Notes and the redemption of $131.3 million in aggregate principal balance of the 8.25% Notes.

Non-cash interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $6.5 million from the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of accretion of debt discounts using the effective interest method on the1.875% Notes, the 4.0% Notes, and the Senior Notes. This was offset by the repurchase of $15.0 million in principal amount of the 1.875% Notes in the first quarter of 2011, the repurchase of $66.2 million in principal amount of the 1.875% Notes in the fourth quarter of 2012, and by the redemption of $375.0 million of the 8.0% Notes and $131.3 million of the 8.25% Notes in 2012.

Loss from extinguishment of debt was $51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $50.1 million from the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase reflects the premium paid on the redemption of $375.0 million of our 8.0% Notes and $131.3 million of our 8.25% Notes and the write off of their related debt discount and deferred financing fees of $2.5 million and $7.7 million, respectively. Additionally, the loss includes the write off of $3.6 million of deferred financing fees related to the early extinguishment of the Mobilitie Bridge Loan and $2.0 million from the repurchase of $66.2 million of principal balance of the 1.875%

34


 

Table of Contents

Notes. Comparatively, the loss from extinguishment of debt was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 which was due to the repurchase of $15.0 million in principal amount of the 1.875% Notes.

Net Loss:

Net loss was $181.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $126.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The net loss increased in 2012 primarily due to increases in the loss on extinguishment of debt, acquisition related expenses, depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense as well as interest expense, non-cash interest expense, and selling, general, and administrative costs. This was offset by an increase in our site leasing segment and site development segment operating profit.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

SBA Communications Corporation (“SBAC”) is a holding company with no business operations of its own. SBAC’s only significant asset is the outstanding capital stock of SBA Telecommunications LLC (“Telecommunications”), which is also a holding company that owns equity interests in entities that directly or indirectly own all of our domestic and international towers and assets. We conduct all of our business operations through Telecommunications’ subsidiaries. Accordingly, our only source of cash to pay our obligations, other than financings, is distributions with respect to our ownership interest in our subsidiaries from the net earnings and cash flow generated by these subsidiaries.

A summary of our cash flows is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

497,587 

 

$

340,914 

 

$

249,058 

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(826,522)

 

 

(2,275,051)

 

 

(507,888)

Cash provided by financing activities

 

 

220,161 

 

 

2,116,412 

 

 

242,047 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(108,774)

 

 

182,275 

 

 

(16,783)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equivalents

 

 

(2,213)

 

 

1,212 

 

 

(155)

Cash provided by discontinued operations from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operating activities

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

233,099 

 

 

47,316 

 

 

64,254 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

122,112 

 

$

233,099 

 

$

47,316 

 

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $497.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $340.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in segment operating profit from the site leasing and site development operating segments partially offset by increased selling, general, and administrative expenses, as well as, increased cash interest payments relating to the higher average amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

35


 

Table of Contents

Investing Activities

A detail of our cash capital expenditures is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Acquisitions and related earnouts (1)

 

$

637,747 

 

$

2,211,790 

 

$

353,566 

Construction and related costs on new tower builds

 

 

77,427 

 

 

76,552 

 

 

93,107 

Augmentation and tower upgrades

 

 

47,970 

 

 

24,427 

 

 

17,426 

Ground lease purchases (2)

 

 

48,956 

 

 

46,865 

 

 

25,755 

Purchase of headquarters building

 

 

24,516 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Tower maintenance

 

 

12,909 

 

 

8,562 

 

 

11,700 

General corporate

 

 

6,071 

 

 

3,724 

 

 

4,704 

Total cash capital expenditures

 

$

855,596 

 

$

2,371,920 

 

$

506,258 

 

(1)     Included in our cash capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2013 is $175.9 million related to our acquisition of 800 towers from Vivo in fourth quarter of 2012.

(2)     Excludes $9.7 million spent to extend ground lease terms for the year ended December 31, 2013 2012.

Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we acquired 154 towers and related assets for $230.1 million in cash.

During fiscal year 2014, we expect to incur non-discretionary cash capital expenditures associated with tower maintenance and general corporate expenditures of $20.0 million to $25.0 million and discretionary cash capital expenditures, based on current obligations, of $1,120.0 million to $1,150.0 million primarily associated with new tower construction, additional tower acquisitions, tower augmentations, and ground lease purchases. We expect to fund these additional cash capital expenditures from cash on hand, cash flow from operations, and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, as well as the proceeds of the Company’s $1.5 billion Incremental Term Loan B completed February 2014. The exact amount of our future cash capital expenditures will depend on a number of factors including amounts necessary to support our tower portfolio, our new tower build and acquisition programs, and our ground lease purchase program.

Financing Activities

On April 18, 2013, we issued $1.33 billion of 2013 Tower Securities (as defined below) which have a blended interest rate of 3.218% per annum, payable monthly, and a weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.2 years. The proceeds from this issuance were used to settle our obligations under our 1.875% Notes, pay down the outstanding balance under our Revolving Credit Facility, and pay down $310.7 million of principal balance of our 2011 Term Loan and $189.3 million of principal balance of our 2012-2 Term Loan.

During the first and second quarters of 2013, we settled $18.1 million in principal of early conversions of our 1.875% Notes with 437,134 shares of SBA Class A common stock.

On May 1, 2013, we settled the remaining obligations related to our 1.875% Notes with $794.8 million in cash. We also paid the remaining principal and accrued interest related to the 142 notes that were not converted.

Concurrently with the settlement of our conversion obligation, we settled the convertible note hedges that we had initially purchased at the time the outstanding 1.875% Notes were issued. In connection with the settlement of these hedges, we received an aggregate of $182.9 million in cash.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid $97.9 million in cash and issued 392,532 shares of our Class A common stock to settle the related warrants.

During the third quarter of 2013, we sold our claim against Lehman Brothers, related to a hedge terminated when Lehman Brothers filed for bankruptcy in 2008, for $27.3 million.

36


 

Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we borrowed $340.0 million and repaid $225.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility, resulting in an outstanding balance on the Revolving Credit Facility at year-end of $215.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, the availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $555.0 million, subject to compliance with specified financial ratios and satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we did not repurchase any shares of our Class A common stock under our stock repurchase program. As of December 31, 2013, we had a remaining authorization to repurchase $150.0 million of Class A common stock under our current $300.0 million stock repurchase program.

Registration Statements

We have on file with the Commission a shelf registration statement on Form S-4 registering shares of Class A common stock that we may issue in connection with the acquisition of wireless communication towers or antenna sites and related assets or companies who own wireless communication towers, antenna sites, or related assets. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we did not issue any shares of Class A common stock under this registration statement. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 1.7 million shares of Class A common stock remaining under this shelf registration statement. 

On February 27, 2012, we filed with the Commission an automatic shelf registration statement for well-known seasoned issuers on Form S-3ASR. This registration statement enables us to issue shares of our Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities either separately or represented by warrants, or depositary shares as well as units that include any of these securities. Under the rules governing automatic shelf registration statements, we will file a prospectus supplement and advise the Commission of the amount and type of securities each time we issue securities under this registration statement. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we issued 6,005,000 shares of our Class A common stock under the automatic shelf registration statement and the prospectus supplement related thereto. No shares were issued in 2013.

Debt Instruments and Debt Service Requirements

Senior Credit Agreement

On February 11, 2010, SBA Senior Finance II, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of SBAC (“SBA Senior Finance II”), entered into a credit agreement for a $500.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility,” formerly referred to as the 2010 Credit Facility) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the credit agreement.

On June 30, 2011, SBA Senior Finance II entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Senior Credit Agreement”) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Senior Credit Agreement, to extend the maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility, to obtain a new $500.0 million senior secured term loan (the “2011 Term Loan”), and to amend certain terms of the existing credit agreement. In addition, at the time of entering into the Senior Credit Agreement, the remaining deferred financing fees balance related to the existing Credit Agreement prior to the amendment was transferred to the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with accounting guidance for revolving credit facilities.

On April 2, 2012 and again on May 9, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II exercised its right to increase the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement from $500.0 million to $600.0 million and from $600.0 million to $700.0 million, respectively. We incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $1.1 million in relation to these increases.

On May 9, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a First Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to extend the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility to May 9, 2017.

Also on May 9, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Second Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to obtain a new $200.0 million senior secured term loan (the “2012-1 Term Loan”). We incurred financing fees of $2.7 million associated with the closing of this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

37


 

Table of Contents

On September 28, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Third Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”) and Fourth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to amend certain definitions related to the calculation of leverage at the SBA level to be consistent with the method for calculating leverage at the SBA Senior Finance II level and to amend the Senior Credit Agreement to permit SBA Senior Finance II, without the consent of the other lenders, to request that one or more lenders provide SBA Senior Finance II with additional term loans or to increase the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. SBA Senior Finance II’s ability to request such additional term loans or increases in the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to its compliance with the conditions set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement.

On September 28, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II also entered into a Fifth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to obtain a new $300.0 million senior secured term loan (the “2012-2 Term Loan”). We incurred financing fees of $3.5 million associated with the closing of this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

On January 28, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II exercised its right to increase the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility from $700.0 million to $730.0 million. 

On March 14, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II exercised its right to increase the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility from $730 million to $770 million.

On August 27, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Sixth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Sixth Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Sixth Amendment amended the Senior Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the existing Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA ratio maintenance covenant from 6.0x to 6.5x and (ii) proportionately adjust various leverage-based covenants, including mandatory repayments and restrictions on acquired indebtedness, general dispositions of assets, restricted payments, and general investments.

In addition, the Sixth Amendment modified the incremental capacity under the Senior Credit Agreement for increases in the Revolving Credit Facility and issuances of incremental term loan facilities from a fixed cap to an incurrence-based availability test which permits SBA Senior Finance II to request that one or more lenders provide (i) additional commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) additional term loans, in each case without requesting the consent of the other lenders provided that after giving effect to the proposed increase in Revolving Credit Facility commitments or incremental term loans the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA would not exceed 6.5x. In addition, the amendment modified the percentage of allowable annualized borrower EBITDA for foreign subsidiaries from 10.0% to 35.0%.

On February 7, 2014, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Second A&R Credit Agreement to, among other things, obtain a new delayed draw $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “2014 Term Loan”) and to amend certain terms of the existing Senior Credit Agreement. In addition to providing for the 2014 Term Loan, the Second A&R Credit Agreement amended the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement to, among other things, amend the terms of certain events of default, modify certain financial maintenance covenants and remove the parent financial maintenance leverage covenant to reflect the increased size of SBA Senior Finance II and its restricted subsidiaries.  All other material terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, as amended, remained unchanged. We incurred financing fees of $5.6 million to date associated with the closing of this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. Net proceeds from the first funding of the 2014 Term Loan were used to (1) repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, and (3) to repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The net proceeds from the second funding will be used (1) to pay the cash consideration in connection with SBA’s acquisition of towers from Oi in Brazil and (2) for general corporate purposes.

Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement

The Revolving Credit Facility is governed by the Senior Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Revolving Credit Facility consists of a revolving loan under which up to $770.0 million aggregate principal amount may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with specific financial ratios and the satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 187.5 basis points to 237.5 basis points or at a Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 87.5 basis points to 137.5 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA, calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement. If not earlier terminated by SBA Senior Finance II, the Revolving Credit Facility will terminate on, and SBA Senior Finance II will repay all amounts outstanding on or before, May 9, 2017. The proceeds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for general

38


 

Table of Contents

corporate purposes. A per annum commitment fee of 0.375% to 0.5% of the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility is charged based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). SBA Senior Finance II may, from time to time, borrow from and repay the Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at the end of a period may not be reflective of the total amounts outstanding during such period. As of December 31, 2013, the amount outstanding of $215.0 million was accruing interest at 2.045% per year.

During the year ended December 31, 2013,  we borrowed $340.0 million and repaid $225.0 million of the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $555.0 million, subject to compliance with specified financial ratios and satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing.

On January 8, 2014, we borrowed an additional $175.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility leaving the availability under the Revolving Credit Facility at $380.0 million.

On February 7, 2014, a portion of the proceeds of the 2014 Term Loan were used to fully repay the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility, returning the availability to $770.0 million.

Term Loans under the Senior Credit Agreement

2011 Term Loan

The 2011 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million that matures on June 30, 2018. The 2011 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin of 175 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 2%) or Eurodollar Rate plus a margin of 275 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 1%). As of December 31, 2013, the 2011 Term Loan was accruing interest at 3.75% per annum. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2011 Term Loan without premium or penalty. The 2011 Term Loan was issued at 99.75% of par value. We incurred deferred financing fees of $4.9 million associated with this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repaid $312.0 million on the 2011 Term Loan. Included in this amount was a prepayment of $310.7 million made on April 24, 2013 using proceeds from the 2013 Tower Securities. In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $2.3 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.6 million of discount related to the debt. As a result of the prepayment, no further scheduled quarterly principal payments are required until the maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, the 2011 Term Loan had a principal balance of $180.5 million. The remaining $1.1 million of deferred financing fees, net are being amortized through the maturity date.

On February 7, 2014, we repaid the entire $180.5 million outstanding principal balance of the 2011 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $1.1 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.3 million of discount related to the debt.

2012-1 Term Loan

The 2012-1 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million that matures on May 9, 2017. The 2012-1 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 100 to 150 basis points or the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 200 to 250 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-1 Term Loan was accruing interest at 2.17% per annum. Principal payments on the 2012-1 Term Loan commenced on September 30, 2012 and are being made in quarterly installments on the last day of each March, June, September and December, in an amount equal to $2.5 million for each of the first eight quarters, $3.75 million for the next four quarters and $5.0 million for each quarter thereafter. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2012-1 Term Loan without premium or penalty. To the extent not previously repaid, the 2012-1 Term Loan will be due and payable on the maturity date. The 2012-1 Term Loan was issued at par. We incurred deferred financing fees of $2.7 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repaid $10.0 million of principal on the 2012-1 Term Loan. As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-1 Term Loan had a principal balance of $185.0 million.

39


 

Table of Contents

2012-2 Term Loan

The 2012-2 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million that matures on September 28, 2019. The 2012-2 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus 175 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 2%) or Eurodollar Rate plus 275 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 1%). As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-2 Term Loan was accruing interest at 3.75% per annum. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2012-2 Term Loan without premium or penalty. To the extent not previously repaid, the 2012-2 Term Loan will be due and payable on the maturity date. The 2012-2 Term Loan was issued at 99.75% of par value. We incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $3.5 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repaid $190.0 million on the 2012-2 Term Loan. Included in this amount was a prepayment of $189.3 million made on April 24, 2013 using proceeds from the 2013 Tower Securities. In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $2.0 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.4 million of discount related to the debt. As a result of the prepayment, no further scheduled quarterly principal payments are required until the maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-2 Term Loan had a principal balance of $110.0 million. The remaining $1.0 million of deferred financing fees, net are being amortized through the maturity date.

On February 7, 2014, we repaid the entire $110.0 million outstanding principal balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $1.0 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.2 million of discount related to the debt.

2014 Term Loan

The 2014 Term Loan consists of a delayed draw senior secured Term Loan B with an initial aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion that matures on March 24, 2021.  The first funding, of $750.0 million, occurred on February 7, 2014 and the second funding, of $750.0 million, is expected to occur in March 2014.  The 2014 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus 150 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 1.75%) or the Eurodollar Rate plus 250 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 0.75%). SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2014 Term Loan. However, to the extent the 2014 Term Loan is prepaid prior to August 7, 2014 from proceeds of certain refinancing or repricing transactions, a prepayment fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment will apply.  We incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $5.6 million to date in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

Net proceeds from the first funding of the 2014 Term Loan were used to (1) repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, and (3) to repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The net proceeds from the second funding will be used (1) to pay the cash consideration in connection with our acquisition of towers from Oi S.A. in Brazil and (2) for general corporate purposes.

Terms of the Senior Credit Agreement

As amended in February 2014, the Senior Credit Agreement requires SBA Senior Finance II to maintain specific financial ratios, including (1) a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA not to exceed 6.5 times for any fiscal quarter, (2) a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt and Net Hedge Exposure (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement) to Annualized Borrower EBITDA for the most recently ended fiscal quarter not to exceed 6.5 times for 30 consecutive days and (3) a ratio of Annualized Borrower EBITDA to Annualized Cash Interest Expense (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement) of not less than 2.0 times for any fiscal quarter. The Senior Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of SBA Senior Finance II and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, grant certain liens, make certain investments, enter into sale leaseback transactions, merge or consolidate, make certain restricted payments, enter into transactions with affiliates, and engage in certain asset dispositions, including a sale of all or substantially all of their property. As of December 31, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Senior Credit Agreement. The Senior Credit Agreement is also subject to customary events of default. Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loans and certain hedging transactions that may be entered into by SBA Senior Finance II or the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) with lenders or their affiliates are secured by a first lien on the membership interests of SBA Telecommunications, LLC (formerly known as SBA Telecommunications Inc.), SBA Senior Finance, LLC (formerly known as SBA Senior Finance, Inc.) and SBA Senior Finance II and on substantially all of the assets (other than leasehold, easement and fee interests in real property) of SBA Senior Finance II and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

40


 

Table of Contents

As amended in February 2014, the Senior Credit Agreement permits SBA Senior Finance II, without the consent of the other lenders, to request that one or more lenders provide SBA Senior Finance II with increases in the Revolving Credit Facility or additional term loans provided that after giving effect to the proposed increase in Revolving Credit Facility commitments or incremental term loans the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA would not exceed 6.5x. SBA Senior Finance II’s ability to request such increases in the Revolving Credit Facility or additional term loans is subject to its compliance with customary conditions set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement including compliance, on a pro forma basis, with the financial covenants and ratios set forth therein and, with respect to any additional term loan, an increase in the margin on existing term loans to the extent required by the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement. Upon SBA Senior Finance II’s request, each lender may decide, in its sole discretion, whether to increase all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Facility commitment or whether to provide SBA Senior Finance II with additional term loans and, if so, upon what terms.

Secured Tower Revenue Securities

2010 Tower Securities

On April 16, 2010, we, through a New York common law trust (the “Trust”), issued $680.0 million of 2010-1 Tower Securities and $550.0 million of 2010-2 Tower Securities (together the “2010 Tower Securities”). The 2010-1 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 4.254% and the 2010-2 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 5.101%. The weighted average annual fixed interest rate of the 2010 Tower Securities is 4.7%, including borrowers’ fees, payable monthly. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–1 Tower Securities is April 15, 2015 and April 16, 2040, respectively. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–2 Tower Securities is April 17, 2017 and April 15, 2042, respectively. The sole asset of the Trust consists of a non-recourse mortgage loan made in favor of the Borrowers (as defined below). We incurred deferred financing fees of $18.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2010 Tower Securities.

2012-1 Tower Securities

On August 9, 2012, we, through the Trust, issued $610.0 million of Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1 (the “2012-1 Tower Securities”) which have an anticipated repayment date of December 15, 2017 and a final maturity date of December 15, 2042. The fixed interest rate of the 2012-1 Tower Securities is 2.933% per annum, payable monthly. We incurred deferred financing fees of $14.9 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of the 2012-1 Tower Securities.

2013 Tower Securities

On April 18, 2013, we, through the Trust, issued $425.0 million of 2.240% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C which have an anticipated repayment date of April 2018 and a final maturity date of April 2043, $575.0 million of 3.722% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C which have an anticipated repayment date of April 2023 and a final maturity date of April 2048, and $330.0 million of 3.598% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D which have an anticipated repayment date of April 2018 and a final maturity date of April 2043 (collectively the “2013 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.33 billion of 2013 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.218% and a weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.2 years. We incurred deferred financing fees of $25.3 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date.

Net proceeds from this offering were used to repay the $100 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility, $310.7 million of the 2011 Term Loan, and $189.3 million of the 2012-2 Term Loan under the Senior Credit Agreement. The remaining net proceeds were used to satisfy unhedged obligations in connection with the 1.875% Convertible Senior Notes.

In connection with the issuance of the 2013 Tower Securities, the parties entered into the Sixth Loan Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 18, 2013 (the “Sixth Loan Supplement”) and the Seventh Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 18, 2013 (the “Seventh Loan Supplement” and together with the Sixth Loan Supplement, the “Loan Supplements”), which amended and supplemented the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005. The Loan Supplements  were executed by and among SBA Properties, LLC (formerly known as SBA Properties, Inc.), SBA Sites, LLC (formerly known as SBA Sites, Inc.), SBA Structures, LLC (formerly known as SBA Structures, Inc.), SBA Infrastructure, LLC, SBA Monarch Towers III, LLC, SBA Towers USVI II, Inc., SBA Towers USVI, Inc., SBA Monarch Towers I, LLC, SBA 2012 TC Assets, LLC, SBA 2012 TC Assets PR, LLC, and SBA Towers IV, LLC (the “Borrowers”) and other parties. Pursuant to the Loan Supplements, the Borrowers became jointly and severally liable for the aggregate $3.17 billion borrowed under the mortgage loan corresponding to the 2010 Tower Securities, 2012-1 Tower Securities, and 2013 Tower Securities.

41


 

Table of Contents

Tower Revenue Securities Terms

The mortgage loan underlying the 2010 Tower Securities, 2012-1 Tower Securities, and 2013 Tower Securities (together the “Tower Securities”) will be paid from the operating cash flows from the aggregate 8,932 tower sites owned by the Borrowers. The mortgage loan is secured by (i) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on a substantial portion of the tower sites, (ii) a security interest in the tower sites and substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures, (iii) the Borrowers’ rights under certain tenant leases, and (iv) all of the proceeds of the foregoing. For each calendar month, SBA Network Management, Inc., an indirect subsidiary, is entitled to receive a management fee equal to 7.5% of the Borrowers’ operating revenues for the immediately preceding calendar month.

The Borrowers may prepay any of the mortgage loan components, in whole or in part, with no prepayment consideration, (i) within nine months (in the case of the components corresponding to the 2010 Tower Securities), twelve months (in the case of the component corresponding to the 2012-1 Tower Securities, Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C, and Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D), or eighteen months (in the case of the components corresponding to the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C) of the anticipated repayment date of such mortgage loan component, (ii) with proceeds received as a result of any condemnation or casualty of any tower owned by the Borrowers or (iii) during an amortization period. In all other circumstances, the Borrowers may prepay the mortgage loan, in whole or in part, upon payment of the applicable prepayment consideration. The prepayment consideration is determined based on the class of the Tower Securities to which the prepaid mortgage loan component corresponds and consists of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the present value associated with the portion of the principal balance being prepaid, calculated in accordance with the formula set forth in the mortgage loan agreement, on the date of prepayment of all future installments of principal and interest required to be paid from the date of prepayment to and including the first due date within nine months (in the case of the components corresponding to the 2010 Tower Securities), twelve months (in the case of the component corresponding to the 2012-1 Tower Securities, Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C, and Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D), or eighteen months (in the case of the components corresponding to the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C) of the anticipated repayment date of such mortgage loan component over (2) that portion of the principal balance of such class prepaid on the date of such prepayment.

To the extent that the mortgage loan components corresponding to the Tower Securities are not fully repaid by their respective anticipated repayment dates, the interest rate of each such component will increase by the greater of (i) 5% and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the sum of (x) the ten-year U.S. treasury rate plus (y) the credit-based spread for such component (as set forth in the mortgage loan agreement) plus (z) 5%, exceeds the original interest rate for such component.

Pursuant to the terms of the Tower Securities, all rents and other sums due on any of the towers owned by the Borrowers are directly deposited by the lessees into a controlled deposit account and are held by the indenture trustee. The monies held by the indenture trustee after the release date are classified as restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 4). However, if the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, defined as the net cash flow (as defined in the mortgage loan agreement) divided by the amount of interest on the mortgage loan, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers are required to pay over the succeeding twelve months, as of the end of any calendar quarter, falls to 1.30x or lower, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as “excess cash flow,” will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless the Debt Service Coverage Ratio exceeds 1.30x for two consecutive calendar quarters. If the Debt Service Coverage Ratio falls below 1.15x as of the end of any calendar quarter, then an “amortization period” will commence and all funds on deposit in the reserve account will be applied to prepay the mortgage loan until such time that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio exceeds 1.15x for a calendar quarter. In addition, if either the 2010-1 Tower Securities, 2010-2 Tower Securities, 2012-1 Tower Securities, or the 2013 Tower Securities are not fully repaid by their respective anticipated repayment dates, the cash flow from the towers owned by the Borrowers will be trapped by the trustee for the Tower Securities and applied first to repay the interest, at the original interest rates, on the mortgage loan components underlying the Tower Securities, second to fund all reserve accounts and operating expenses associated with those towers, third to pay the management fees due to SBA Network Management, Inc., fourth to repay principal of the Tower Securities and fifth to repay the additional interest discussed above. The mortgage loan agreement, as amended, also includes covenants customary for mortgage loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the Borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets. As of December 31, 2013, the Borrowers met the required Debt Service Coverage Ratio as set forth in the mortgage loan agreement and were in compliance with all other covenants.

1.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013

On May 16, 2008, we issued $550.0 million of 1.875% Convertible Senior Notes (the “1.875% Notes”). Interest was payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1, and the 1.875% Notes matured on May 1, 2013. The 1.875% Notes were convertible, at the

42


 

Table of Contents

holder’s option, into shares of our Class A common stock, at an initial conversion rate of 24.1196 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 1.875% Notes (subject to certain customary adjustments), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $41.46 per share or a 20% conversion premium based on the last reported sale price of $34.55 per share of Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on May 12, 2008, the purchase agreement date.

Prior to the final settlement period, which began on February 22, 2013, the holders converted $18.1 million in principal of the 1.875% Notes. These notes were converted and settled with the issuance of 437,134 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. In connection with these conversions, the related convertible note hedges and a portion of the common stock warrants were settled. As a result, we received a net 71,054 shares of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, on February 1, 2013, we provided notice to the trustee and holders of the 1.875% Notes that we elected to settle 100% of our future conversion obligations pursuant to the Indenture governing the 1.875% Notes in cash, effective February 4, 2013.

During the final settlement period, we received additional conversion notices from holders of an aggregate of $450.6 million in principal of the 1.875% Notes (excluding $81.2 million in principal of the notes held by our wholly owned subsidiary which were also converted). Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, these notes were converted at a price of $1,764.02 per $1,000 of principal or an aggregate of $794.8 million which were settled in cash. The remaining $142,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.875% Notes that was not converted matured on May 1, 2013 and was settled in cash at principal plus accrued interest.

Concurrently with the settlement of our conversion obligation, we settled the convertible note hedges that we had initially entered into at the time the outstanding 1.875% Notes were issued. In connection with the settlement of these hedges, we received an aggregate of $182.9 million in cash.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid $97.9 million in cash and issued 392,532 shares of our Class A common stock to settle the related warrants. These warrants had a strike price of $67.37 per share.

During the third quarter of 2013, we sold our claim against Lehman Brothers, related to a hedge terminated when Lehman Brothers filed for bankruptcy in 2008, for $27.3 million and recorded a gain on the transaction of the same amount. The gain has been recorded within Other Income, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014

On April 24, 2009, we issued $500.0 million of 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes (“4.0% Notes”) in a private placement transaction. Interest on the 4.0% Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1. The maturity date of the 4.0% Notes is October 1, 2014. We incurred fees of $11.7 million with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes of which $7.7 million was recorded as deferred financing fees and $4.0 million was recorded as a reduction to shareholders’ equity.

The 4.0% Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, into shares of our Class A common stock, at an initial conversion rate of 32.9164 shares of our Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 4.0% Notes (subject to certain customary adjustments), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.38 per share or a 22.5% conversion premium based on the last reported sale price of $24.80 per share of our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on April 20, 2009, the purchase agreement date.

Concurrently with the pricing of the 4.0% Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge and warrant transactions with affiliates of certain of the initial purchasers of the convertible notes. The initial strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions relating to the 4.0% Notes is $30.38 per share of our Class A common stock (the same as the initial conversion price of the 4.0% Notes) and the upper strike price of the warrant transactions is $44.64 per share.

We are amortizing the debt discount on the 4.0% Notes utilizing the effective interest method over the life of the 4.0% Notes which increases the effective interest rate of the 4.0% Notes from its coupon rate of 4.0% to 12.9%. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the equity component related to the 4.0% Notes was $169.0 million.

43


 

Table of Contents

The 4.0 % Notes are reflected in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their carrying value. The following table summarizes the balances for the 4.0% Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Principal balance

 

 

 

$

499,944 

 

$

499,987 

Debt discount

 

 

 

 

(31,550)

 

 

(69,236)

Carrying value

 

 

 

$

468,394 

 

$

430,751 

 

The 4.0% Notes are convertible only under the following circumstances:

during any calendar quarter, if the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the applicable conversion price per share of Class A common stock on the last day of such preceding calendar quarter,

during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 4.0% Notes for each day in the measurement period was less than 95% of the product of the last reported sale price of Class A common stock and the applicable conversion rate,

if specified distributions to holders of Class A common stock are made or specified corporate transactions occur, and

at any time on or after July 22, 2014.

Upon conversion, we have the right to settle our conversion obligation in cash, shares of Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our Class A common stock. From time to time, upon notice to the holders of the 4.0% Notes, we may change our election regarding the form of consideration that we will use to settle our conversion obligation; provided, however, that we are not permitted to change our settlement election after July 21, 2014 for the 4.0% Notes. At the time of the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, we elected to settle our conversion obligations in stock. As of December 31, 2013, we have not changed our election.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the 4.0% Notes were convertible based on the fact that our Class A common stock closing price per share exceeded $39.49 for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period during the last month of the prior quarter. As a result of conversions exercised by holders pursuant to the terms of the indenture, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we converted $43,000 in principal amount of 4.0% Notes and settled our conversion obligation through the issuance of 1,404 shares of our Class A common stock. In connection with these conversions, the related convertible note hedges and a portion of the common stock warrants were settled. As a result, we received a net 641 shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, we have received conversion notices totaling $33,000 in principal amount of the 4.0% Notes during the fourth quarter of 2013, which will settle during the first quarter of 2014 in shares of our Class A common stock and cash for fractional shares.  

Senior Notes

8.0% Senior Notes and 8.25% Senior Notes

On July 24, 2009, Telecommunications issued $750.0 million of unsecured senior notes (the “Senior Notes”), $375.0 million of which were due August 15, 2016 (the “8.0% Notes”) and $375.0 million of which are due August 15, 2019 (the “8.25% Notes”). The 8.0% Notes had an interest rate of 8.00% per annum and were issued at a price of 99.330% of their face value. The 8.25% Notes have an interest rate of 8.25% per annum and were issued at a price of 99.152% of their face value. Interest on each of the Senior Notes was due semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year beginning on February 15, 2010. We incurred deferred financing fees of $5.4 million in relation to the 8.25% Notes which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date.

Net proceeds of this offering were $727.8 million after deducting expenses and the original issue discount. We were amortizing the debt discount on the Senior Notes utilizing the effective interest method over the life of the 8.0% Notes and 8.25% Notes.

On April 13, 2012, we used the proceeds of an equity offering to redeem $131.3 million in aggregate principal amount of our 8.0% Notes and $131.3 million in aggregate principal amount of our 8.25% Notes and to pay $21.3 million as a premium on the redemption of the notes. We expensed $1.5 million and $4.3 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the notes.

44


 

Table of Contents

On August 29, 2012, we redeemed the remaining $243.8 million principal balance of the 8.0% Notes plus paid $14.6 million in applicable premium on the redemption of the notes. We expensed $1.0 million and $3.4 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the notes.

As of December 31, 2013, the principal balance of the 8.25% Notes was $243.8 million and the carrying value was $242.4 million.

5.75% Senior Notes

On July 13, 2012, Telecommunications issued $800.0 million of unsecured senior notes (the “5.75% Notes”) due July 15, 2020. The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.75% and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.75% Notes is due semi-annually on July 15 and January 15 of each year beginning on January 15, 2013. We have incurred deferred financing fees of $14.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. We used the net proceeds from this offering to (1) repay all amounts outstanding under the Mobilitie Bridge Loan and (2) repay all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.

In connection with the issuance of the 5.75% Notes, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, SBAC and Telecommunications filed a registration statement, which was declared effective, with respect to an offer to exchange the 5.75% Notes for new notes guaranteed by SBAC registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on May 31, 2013. The exchange offer was consummated on July 5, 2013.

5.625% Senior Notes

On September 28, 2012, we issued $500.0 million of unsecured senior notes (the “5.625% Notes”) due October 1, 2019. The 5.625% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.625% per annum and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.625% Notes is due semi-annually on October 1 and April 1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2013. We have incurred deferred financing fees of $8.5 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. We used the proceeds from the issuance of the 5.625% Notes to pay a portion of the cash consideration in the TowerCo II Holdings LLC acquisition.

In connection with the issuance of the 5.625% Notes, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we filed a registration statement, which was declared effective, with respect to an offer to exchange the 5.625% Notes for new notes registered under the Securities Act on May 31, 2013. The exchange offer was consummated on July 5, 2013. 

BNDES Loans

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we  assumed several loans valued at $5.0 million as part of an acquisition in Brazil (the “BNDES Loans”). We also subsequently borrowed an additional $1.3 million in new loans and made repayments of $0.2 million under existing loans.  The BNDES Loans have interest rates ranging from 2.5% to 6.5%. Principal and interest are due in monthly installments ending on various dates from January 18, 2016 through July 19, 2018. As of December 31, 2013, the principal balance of the BNDES Loans was $5.8 million and the carrying value was $5.8 million.

Debt Service

As of December 31, 2013, we believe that our cash on hand, capacity available under our Revolving Credit Facility and our cash flows from operations for the next twelve months will be sufficient to service our outstanding debt during the next twelve months.

45


 

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates our estimate of our debt service requirement over the next twelve months based on the amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and the interest rates accruing on those amounts on such date (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.000% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

514,935 

8.250% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,109 

5.625% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,125 

5.750% Senior Notes due 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,000 

4.254% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2010-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,143 

5.101% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2010-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,230 

2.933% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,085 

2.240% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,655 

3.722% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,584 

3.598% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,978 

Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,478 

2011 Term Loan B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,770 

2012-1 Term Loan A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,359 

2012-2 Term Loan B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,124 

BNDES Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,160 

Total debt service for next 12 months:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

762,735 

 

Inflation

The impact of inflation on our operations has not been significant to date. However, we cannot assure you that a high rate of inflation in the future will not adversely affect our operating results particularly in light of the fact that our site leasing revenues are governed by long-term contracts with pre-determined pricing that we will not be able to increase in response to increases in inflation.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our scheduled contractual commitments as of December 31, 2013:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations:

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

 

(in thousands)

Debt

 

$

513,436 

 

$

698,983 

 

$

21,460 

 

$

1,511,208 

 

$

936,233 

 

$

2,228,721 

 

$

5,910,041 

Interest payments (1)

 

 

249,299 

 

 

213,280 

 

 

204,303 

 

 

176,228 

 

 

129,781 

 

 

200,445 

 

 

1,173,336 

Operating leases

 

 

142,461 

 

 

143,508 

 

 

144,426 

 

 

146,051 

 

 

147,448 

 

 

2,740,007 

 

 

3,463,901 

Capital leases

 

 

1,743 

 

 

1,340 

 

 

649 

 

 

173 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,905 

Employment agreements

 

 

1,670 

 

 

1,045 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,715 

 

 

$

908,609 

 

$

1,058,156 

 

$

370,838 

 

$

1,833,660 

 

$

1,213,462 

 

$

5,169,173 

 

$

10,553,898 

 

(1)Represents interest payments based on the 2010-1 Tower Securities interest rate of 4.254%, the 2010-2 Tower Securities interest rate of 5.1010%, the 2012-1 Tower Securities interest rate of 2.933%, the 2013 Tower Securities interest rate of 2.240%, the Revolving Credit Facility interest rate of 2.045% as of December 31, 2013, the 2011 Term Loan at an interest rate of 3.75% as of December 31, 2013, 2012-1 Term Loan at an interest rate of 2.17% as of December 31, 2013, 2012-2 Term Loan at an interest rate of 3.75% as of December 31, 2013, the Convertible Senior Notes interest rate of 4.0%, and the Senior Notes interest rates of 8.25%, 5.625%, and 5.750%.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements.

46


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks that are inherent in our financial instruments. These instruments arise from transactions entered into in the normal course of business.

The following table presents the future principal payment obligations and fair values associated with our long-term debt instruments assuming our actual level of long-term indebtedness as of December 31, 2013:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Fair Value

Debt:

 

(in thousands)

4.000% Convertible Senior

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes due 2014 (1)

 

$

499,944 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

499,944 

 

$

1,479,859 

8.250% Senior Notes due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

243,750 

 

 

243,750 

 

 

262,031 

5.625% Senior Notes due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

500,000 

 

 

500,000 

 

 

514,375 

5.750% Senior Notes due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

800,000 

 

 

800,000 

 

 

832,000 

4.254% 2010-1 Tower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

680,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

680,000 

 

 

689,717 

5.101% 2010-2 Tower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

550,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

550,000 

 

 

586,586 

2.933% 2012-1 Tower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

610,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

610,000 

 

 

604,736 

2.240% 2013-1C Tower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

425,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

425,000 

 

 

408,442 

3.722% 2013-2C Tower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

575,000 

 

 

575,000 

 

 

530,098 

3.598% 2013-1D Tower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

330,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

330,000 

 

 

318,856 

Revolving Credit Facility (3)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

215,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

215,000 

 

 

215,000 

2011 Term Loan B (4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

180,529 

 

 

 —

 

 

180,529 

 

 

180,980 

2012-1 Term Loan A

 

 

12,500 

 

 

17,500 

 

 

20,000 

 

 

135,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

185,000 

 

 

184,538 

2012-2 Term Loan B (4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

109,971 

 

 

109,971 

 

 

110,383 

BNDES Loans

 

 

992 

 

 

1,483 

 

 

1,460 

 

 

1,208 

 

 

704 

 

 

 —

 

 

5,847 

 

 

5,847 

Total debt obligation

 

$

513,436 

 

$

698,983 

 

$

21,460 

 

$

1,511,208 

 

$

936,233 

 

$

2,228,721 

 

$

5,910,041 

 

$

6,923,448 

 

(1)Amounts set forth reflect the principal amount of the convertible notes and do not reflect the total obligations that may be due on the convertible notes if they are converted prior to their maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, the 4.0% Notes are convertible pursuant to the terms of their applicable indenture.

(2)The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010-1 Tower Securities is April 15, 2015 and April 16, 2040, respectively.

The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010-2 Tower Securities is April 17, 2017 and April 15, 2042, respectively.

The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2012-1 Tower Securities is December 15, 2017 and December 15, 2042, respectively.

The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2013-1C Tower Securities is April 17, 2018 and April 17, 2043, respectively.

The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2013-2C Tower Securities is April 17, 2023 and April 17, 2048, respectively.

The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2013-1D Tower Securities is April 17, 2018 and April 17, 2043, respectively.

47


 

Table of Contents

(3)On February 7, 2014, a portion of the net proceeds from the first funding of the 2014 Term Loan B were used to repay all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

(4)On April 25, 2013, we repaid $310.7 million of the 2011 Term Loan and $189.3 million of the 2012-2 Term Loan. On February 7, 2014, a portion of the net proceeds from the first funding of the 2014 Term Loan B were used to repay all remaining principal of the 2011 Term Loan and 2012-2 Term Loan and as a result of the repayments, the 2011 Term Loan and 2012-2 Term Loan were fully repaid and retired.  The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2014 Term Loan B is March 24, 2021.

Our current primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk relating to (1) our ability to meet financial covenants and (2) the impact of interest rate movements on our 2012-1 Term Loan and 2014 Term Loan and any borrowings that we may incur under our Revolving Credit Facility, which are at floating rates. We manage the interest rate risk on our outstanding debt through our large percentage of fixed rate debt. While we cannot predict our ability to refinance existing debt or the impact interest rate movements will have on our existing debt, we continue to evaluate our financial position on an ongoing basis. In addition, in connection with our convertible notes, we are subject to market risk associated with the market price of our common stock. 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements concern expectations, beliefs, projections, plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Specifically, this annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding:

our expectations on the future growth and financial health of the wireless industry and the industry participants, and the drivers of such growth;

our beliefs regarding our ability to capture and capitalize on industry growth and the impact of such growth on our financial and operational results;  

our expectations regarding the opportunities in the international wireless markets in which we currently operate or have targeted for growth, our beliefs regarding how we can capitalize on such opportunities, and our intent to continue expanding internationally through new builds and acquisitions;

our belief that over the long-term, site leasing revenues will continue to grow as wireless service providers lease additional antenna space on our towers due to increasing minutes of network use and data transfer, network expansion and network coverage requirements;

our belief that our site leasing business is characterized by stable and long-term recurring revenues, predictable operating costs, and minimal non-discretionary capital expenditures;

our expectation that, due to the relatively young age and mix of our tower portfolio, future expenditures required to maintain these towers will be minimal;

our expectation that we will grow our cash flows by adding tenants to our towers at minimal incremental costs and executing monetary amendments;

our intent to grow our tower portfolio, domestically and internationally;

our expectation that we will continue our ground lease purchase program and the estimates of the impact of such program on our financial results;

our expectation that we will continue to incur losses;

our expectations regarding our future cash capital expenditures, both discretionary and non-discretionary, including expenditures required to maintain, improve, and modify our towers, ground lease purchases, and general corporate expenditures, and the source of funds for these expenditures;

48


 

Table of Contents

our intended use of our liquidity;

our expectations regarding our annual debt service in 2014 and thereafter, and our belief that our cash on hand, cash flows from operations for the next twelve months and availability under our Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to service our outstanding debt during the next twelve months;

our belief regarding our credit risk; and

our estimates regarding certain accounting and tax matters.

These forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. We wish to caution readers that certain important factors may have affected and could in the future affect our actual results and could cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. The most important factors that could prevent us from achieving our goals, and cause the assumptions underlying forward-looking statements and the actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by those forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: 

the impact of consolidation among wireless service providers on our leasing revenue;

our ability to continue to comply with covenants and the terms of our credit instruments and our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our capital expenditures;

our ability to successfully manage the risks associated with international operations, including risks relating to political or economic conditions, tax laws, currency restrictions legal or judicial systems, and land ownership;

our ability to successfully manage the risks associated with our acquisition initiatives, including our ability to effectively integrate acquired towers into our business and to achieve the financial results projected in our valuation models for the acquired towers;

developments in the wireless communications industry in general, and for wireless communications infrastructure providers in particular, that may slow growth or affect the willingness or ability of the wireless service providers to expend capital to fund network expansion or enhancements;

our ability to secure as many site leasing tenants as anticipated, recognize our expected economies of scale with respect to new tenants on our towers, and retain current leases on towers;  

our ability to secure and deliver anticipated services business at contemplated margins;

our ability to build new towers, including our ability to identify and acquire land that would be attractive for our clients and to successfully and timely address zoning, permitting, weather, availability of labor and supplies and other issues that arise in connection with the building of new towers;

competition for the acquisition of towers and other factors that may adversely affect our ability to purchase towers that meet our investment criteria and are available at prices which we believe will be accretive to our shareholders and allow us to maintain our long-term target leverage ratios;

our ability to protect our rights to the land under our towers, and our ability to acquire land underneath our towers on terms that are accretive;

our ability to sufficiently increase our revenues and maintain expenses and cash capital expenditures at appropriate levels to permit us to meet our anticipated uses of liquidity for operations, debt service and estimated portfolio growth;

our ability to successfully estimate the impact of regulatory and litigation matters;

49


 

Table of Contents

our ability to successfully estimate the impact of certain accounting and tax matters, including the effect on our company of adopting certain accounting pronouncements and the availability of sufficient net operating losses to offset future taxable income;

natural disasters and other unforeseen damage for which our insurance may not provide adequate coverage;

a decrease in demand for our towers; and

the introduction of new technologies or changes in a tenant’s business model that may make our tower leasing business less desirable to potential tenants.

50


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial statements and supplementary data are on pages F-1 through F-43.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures – We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as of December 31, 2013, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of SBAC; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of SBAC are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of SBAC; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of SBAC’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of SBAC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based upon criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment, management determined that SBAC’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013 based on the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992 Framework) issued by COSO.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered certified public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on SBAC’s internal control over financial reporting.

51


 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries and our report dated February 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Boca Raton, Florida

February 26, 2014

52


 

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERANCE

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. The Code of Ethics is located on our internet web site at www.sbasite.com under “Investor Relations – Corporate Governance – Governance Documents.” We intend to provide disclosure of any amendments or waivers of our Code of Ethics on our website within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver.

The remaining items required by Part III, Item 10 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2014.  

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The items required by Part III, Item 11 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2014.  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The items required by Part III, Item 12 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2014.  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The items required by Part III, Item 13 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2014.  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The items required by Part III, Item 14 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2014.  

53


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements

See Item 8 for Financial Statements included with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

(3) Exhibits 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Exhibits

 

 

2.1

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 18, 2012, by and among SBA Communications Corporation, Monarch Towers Acquisition, LLC, Mobilitie Investments, LLC, Mobilitie Investments II, LLC, MPGJ-I, LLC, MPMA-I, LLC, MPGJ-II, LLC, and the Sellers identified on the signature pages thereto. (1)

 

 

2.2

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 25, 2012, by and among SBA Communications Corporation, SBA 2012 Acquisition, LLC, TowerCo II Holdings LLC and TowerCo III Holdings LLC. (2)

 

 

3.4

Fourth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as Amended, of SBA Communications Corporation. (3)

 

 

3.5A

Amended and Restated Bylaws of SBA Communications Corporation, effective as of January 16, 2012. (4)

 

 

4.13

Indenture, dated May 16, 2008, between SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association. (5)

 

 

4.14

Form of 1.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 (included in Exhibit 4.13). (5)

 

 

4.15

Indenture, dated April 24, 2009, between SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association. (6)

 

 

4.15A

Form of Senior Indenture. (7)

 

 

4.16

Form of 4.0% Convertible Senior Note due 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.15). (6)

 

 

4.16A

Form of Subordinated Indenture. (7)

 

 

4.17

Indenture, dated July 24, 2009, between SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association. (8)

 

 

4.18

Form of 8.000% Senior Notes due 2016 (included in Exhibit 4.17). (8)

 

 

4.19

Form of 8.250% Senior Notes due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.17). (8)

 

 

4.20

Indenture, dated July 13, 2012, between SBA Telecommunications, Inc., SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association. (9)

 

 

4.21

Form of 5.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.20). (9)

 

 

4.22

Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2012, between SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association. (10)

 

 

4.23

Form of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.22). (10)

 

 

10.1

SBA Communications Corporation Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 5, 1997, among the Company, Steven E. Bernstein, Ronald G. Bizick, II and Robert Grobstein. (11)

 

 

10.2

Purchase Agreement, dated July 26, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance, LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto. (12)

 

 

54


 

10.3

Fifth Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of August 9, 2012, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc. and SBA Structures, Inc., as Borrowers, SBA Infrastructure, LLC, SBA Towers USVI II, Inc. and SBA Monarch Towers III, LLC, as Additional Borrowers, and Midland Loan Services, a Division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. (12)

 

 

10.4

Purchase Agreement, dated April 4, 2013, among SBA Senior Finance, LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto. (13)

 

 

10.5

Sixth Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 18, 2013, by and among the Borrowers, and Midland Loan Services, a Division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. (13)

 

 

10.6

Seventh Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 18, 2013, by and among the Borrowers, and Midland Loan Services, a Division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. (13)

 

 

10.7

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2014, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Citigroup Global Capital Markets Inc. and Barclays Bank PLC, as incremental tranche B-1 term loan joint lead arrangers and syndication agents, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, TD Securities (USA) LLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as co-incremental Tranche B-1 term loan documentation agents, and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent. (14)

 

 

10.8

Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2014, among SBA Communications Corporation, SBA Telecommunications, LLC, SBA Senior Finance, LLC, SBA Senior Finance II LLC and certain of its subsidiaries, as identified in the Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in favor of Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent. (14)

 

 

10.24

1999 Equity Participation Plan. (15)+

 

 

10.33

2001 Equity Participation Plan as Amended and Restated on May 16, 2002. (16)+

 

 

10.35E

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2011, between SBA Communications Corporation and Jeffrey A. Stoops. (17)+

 

 

10.49

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and between SBA Properties, Inc. and the Additional Borrower or Borrowers that may become a party thereto and SBA CMBS 1 Depositor LLC. (18)

 

 

10.50

Management Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Network Management, Inc. and SBA Senior Finance, Inc. (18)

 

 

10.57C

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between SBA Communications Corporation and Kurt L. Bagwell. (19)+

 

 

10.58C

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between SBA Communications Corporation and Thomas P. Hunt. (19)+

 

 

10.60

Joinder and Amendment to Management Agreement, dated November 6, 2006, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Towers, Inc., SBA Puerto Rico, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc., SBA Towers USVI, Inc., and SBA Structures, Inc., and SBA Network Management, Inc., and SBA Senior Finance, Inc. (20)

 

 

10.61

Second Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of November 6, 2006, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., and SBA Towers, Inc., SBA Puerto Rico, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc., SBA Towers USVI, Inc., and SBA Structures, Inc. and Midland Loan Services, Inc., as Servicer on behalf of LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee. (20)

 

 

10.71

Form of Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction Agreement entered into by SBA Communications Corporation with each of Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc., Citibank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG London Branch, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Wachovia Bank, National Association. (21)

 

 

10.72

Form of Issuer Warrant Transaction Letter Agreement entered into by SBA Communications Corporation with each of Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc., Citibank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG London Branch, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Wachovia Bank, National Association. (21)

 

 

10.75A

SBA Communications Corporation 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended on May 4, 2011. (22)+

 

 

55


 

10.76

Form of Indemnification Agreement dated January 15, 2009 between SBA Communications Corporation and its directors and certain officers. (23)

 

 

10.79

Form of Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction Agreement entered into by SBA Communications Corporation with each of Citibank, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. (24)

 

 

10.80

Form of Issuer Warrant Transaction Letter Agreement entered into by SBA Communications Corporation with each of Citibank, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. (24)

 

 

10.85B

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between SBA Communications Corporation and Brendan T. Cavanagh. (19)+

 

 

10.86A

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, among SBA Senior Finance II, as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as term loan syndication agent, Barclays Capital, as co-term loan syndication agent, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-term loan documentation agents, Citibank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-revolving facility documentation agents, and the other agents thereto. (25)

 

 

10.86D

First Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, the Extending Revolving Lenders (as defined therein) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent. (26)

 

 

10.86E

Second Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, the Incremental Tranche A Term Lenders (as defined therein) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, TD Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers, and TD Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBS Securities Inc., Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as bookrunners. (26)

 

 

10.86F

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Citibank, N.A., Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (26)

 

 

10.86G

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (26)

 

 

10.86H

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (26)

 

 

10.86I

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Toronto Dominion (New York) LLC, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (26)

 

 

10.86J

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (26)

 

 

10.86K

Third Amendment, dated as of September 28, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, TD Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as bookrunners. (10)

 

 

10.86L

Fourth Amendment, dated as of September 28, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, TD Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as bookrunners. (10)

 

 

10.86M

Fifth Amendment, dated as of September 28, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, the Incremental Tranche B Term Lenders (as defined therein) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, TD Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as bookrunners. (10)

 

 

56


 

10.86N

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of January 28, 2013, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (27)

 

 

10.86O

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of March 14, 2013, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Citibank, N.A., Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (28)

 

 

10.87A

Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, among SBAC, SBA Telecommunications, Inc., SBA Senior Finance, Inc., SBA Senior Finance II and certain of SBA Senior Finance II’s subsidiaries, as identified in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in favor of Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent. (25)

 

 

10.89

SBA Communications Corporation 2010 Performance and Equity Incentive Plan. (29)+

 

 

10.90

Third Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 16, 2010, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc. and SBA Structures, Inc., as Borrowers, and Midland Loan Services, Inc., as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. (30)

 

 

10.91

Fourth Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 16, 2010, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc. and SBA Structures, Inc., as Borrowers, and Midland Loan Services, Inc., as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. (30)

 

 

10.92

Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2012, among SBA Monarch Acquisition, LLC (formerly known as Monarch Towers Acquisition, LLC), as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Bank PLC, as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners. (31)

 

 

10.93

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2012, among SBA Telecommunications, Inc., SBA Monarch Acquisition, LLC (formerly known as Monarch Towers Acquisition, LLC) and certain of its subsidiaries, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (31)

 

 

10.94

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of April 2, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (31)

 

 

10.95

Revolving Credit Commitment Increase Supplement, dated as of April 2, 2012, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, as borrower, Barclays Bank PLC, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as administrative agent, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as issuing lender. (31)

 

 

10.96

Purchase Agreement, dated July 10, 2012, among SBA Communications Corporation, SBA Telecommunications, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule 1 thereto. (9)

 

 

10.97

Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2012, among SBA Communications Corporation, SBA Telecommunications, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule 2 thereto. (9)

 

 

10.98

Purchase Agreement, dated September 20, 2012, between SBA Communications Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule 1 thereto. (32)

 

 

10.99

Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 28, 2012, between SBA Communications Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule 2 thereto. (10)

 

 

*21

Subsidiaries.

 

 

*23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

 

 

*31.1

Certification by Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 *31.2

Certification by Brendan T. Cavanagh, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

*32.1

Certification by Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

*32.2

Certification by Brendan T. Cavanagh, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

**101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

57


 

**101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 

**101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

 

 

**101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

**101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

**101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

+Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*Filed herewith

**Furnished herewith.

(1)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated February 27, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(2)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated June 28, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(3)Incorporated by reference to the Form S-4 dated May 19, 2010, previously filed by the Registrant.

(4)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated February 1, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(5)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated May 22, 2008, previously filed by the Registrant.

(6)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, previously filed by the Registrant.

(7)Incorporated by reference to the Form S-3ASR dated February 27, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(8)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, previously filed by the Registrant.

(9)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated July 16, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(10)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated September 28, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(11)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, previously filed by the Registrant
(Registration No. 333-50219).

(12)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(13)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated April 23, 2013, previously filed by the Registrant.

(14)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated February 13, 2014, previously filed by the Registrant.

(15)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-76547).

(16)Incorporated by reference to the Schedule 14A Preliminary Proxy Statement dated April 16, 2002, previously filed by the Registrant.

(17)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, previously filed by the Registrant.

(18)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, previously filed by the Registrant.

58


 

Table of Contents

(19)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(20)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, previously filed by the Registrant.

(21)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, previously filed by the Registrant.

(22)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, previously filed by the Registrant.

(23)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, previously filed by the Registrant.

(24)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, previously filed by the Registrant.

(25)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated July 7, 2011, previously filed by the Registrant.

(26)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated May 14, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(27)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(28)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, previously filed by the Registrant.

(29)Incorporated by reference to the Form S-8 dated May 20, 2010, previously filed by the Registrant.

(30)Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, previously filed by the Registrant.

(31)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated April 2, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

(32)Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K dated September 26, 2012, previously filed by the Registrant.

59


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey A. Stoops

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

Date:

February 26, 2014

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven E. Bernstein

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 26, 2014

Steven E. Bernstein

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

February 26, 2014

Jeffrey A. Stoops

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brendan T. Cavanagh

 

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

February 26, 2014

Brendan T. Cavanagh

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian D. Lazarus

 

Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President

February 26, 2014

Brian D. Lazarus

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian C. Carr

 

Director

February 26, 2014

Brian C. Carr

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Duncan H. Cocroft

 

Director

February 26, 2014

Duncan H. Cocroft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George R. Krouse Jr.

 

Director

February 26, 2014

George R. Krouse Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jack Langer

 

Director

February 26, 2014

Jack Langer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin L. Beebe

 

Director

February 26, 2014

Kevin L. Beebe

 

 

 

 

 

 

60


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-9

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

F-9

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-9

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-9

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-9

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-9

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework), and our report dated February 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Certified Public Accountants

 

Boca Raton, Florida

February 26, 2014

F-1


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par values)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

122,112 

 

$

233,099 

Restricted cash

 

 

47,305 

 

 

27,708 

Short-term investments

 

 

5,446 

 

 

5,471 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $686 and $246

 

 

 

 

 

 

at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

 

71,339 

 

 

39,099 

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

27,864 

 

 

23,644 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

69,586 

 

 

59,836 

Total current assets

 

 

343,652 

 

 

388,857 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,578,444 

 

 

2,671,317 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

3,387,198 

 

 

3,134,133 

Deferred financing fees, net

 

 

73,042 

 

 

66,324 

Other assets

 

 

400,852 

 

 

355,280 

Total assets

 

$

6,783,188 

 

$

6,615,911 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

24,302 

 

$

27,694 

Accrued expenses

 

 

86,131 

 

 

42,052 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

481,886 

 

 

475,351 

Deferred revenue

 

 

94,658 

 

 

76,668 

Accrued interest

 

 

46,689 

 

 

46,233 

Other current liabilities

 

 

14,007 

 

 

195,690 

Total current liabilities

 

 

747,673 

 

 

863,688 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

5,394,721 

 

 

4,880,752 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

283,828 

 

 

206,769 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

5,678,549 

 

 

5,087,521 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

 

 

 —

 

 

11,711 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock - par value $.01, 30,000 shares authorized, no shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

or outstanding

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common stock - Class A, par value $.01, 400,000 shares authorized, 128,432 and 126,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

 

1,284 

 

 

1,269 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,907,446 

 

 

3,111,107 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(2,518,085)

 

 

(2,462,176)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

 

 

(33,679)

 

 

2,791 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

356,966 

 

 

652,991 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

6,783,188 

 

$

6,615,911 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Site leasing

 

$

1,133,013 

 

$

846,094 

 

$

616,294 

Site development

 

 

171,853 

 

 

107,990 

 

 

81,876 

Total revenues

 

 

1,304,866 

 

 

954,084 

 

 

698,170 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amortization shown below):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of site leasing

 

 

270,772 

 

 

188,951 

 

 

131,916 

Cost of site development

 

 

137,481 

 

 

90,556 

 

 

71,005 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

85,476 

 

 

72,148 

 

 

62,828 

Acquisition related  expenses

 

 

19,198 

 

 

40,433 

 

 

7,144 

Asset impairment and decommission costs

 

 

28,960 

 

 

6,383 

 

 

5,472 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

533,334 

 

 

408,467 

 

 

309,146 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,075,221 

 

 

806,938 

 

 

587,511 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

229,645 

 

 

147,146 

 

 

110,659 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,794 

 

 

1,128 

 

 

136 

Interest expense

 

 

(249,051)

 

 

(196,241)

 

 

(160,896)

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

(49,085)

 

 

(70,110)

 

 

(63,629)

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

 

(15,560)

 

 

(12,870)

 

 

(9,188)

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

(6,099)

 

 

(51,799)

 

 

(1,696)

Other income (expense)

 

 

31,138 

 

 

5,654 

 

 

(165)

Total other expense

 

 

(286,863)

 

 

(324,238)

 

 

(235,438)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(57,218)

 

 

(177,092)

 

 

(124,779)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

1,309 

 

 

(6,594)

 

 

(2,113)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

(183,686)

 

 

(126,892)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

(181,390)

 

 

(126,892)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 

353 

 

 

436 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(181,037)

 

$

(126,456)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted per common share amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(0.44)

 

$

(1.53)

 

$

(1.14)

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 —

 

 

0.02 

 

 

 —

Net loss per common share

 

$

(0.44)

 

$

(1.51)

 

$

(1.14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of common shares

 

 

127,769 

 

 

120,280 

 

 

111,595 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2013,  2012 AND 2011 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(183,686)

 

$

(126,892)

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(36,470)

 

 

2,306 

 

 

(1,728)

Comprehensive loss

 

 

(92,379)

 

 

(179,084)

 

 

(128,620)

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 

353 

 

 

436 

Comprehensive loss attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

$

(92,379)

 

$

(178,731)

 

$

(128,184)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2013,  2012 AND 2011 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Class A

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

(Loss) Income

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2010

 

114,832 

 

$

1,148 

 

$

2,243,457 

 

$

(1,929,670)

 

$

2,175 

 

$

317,110 

Net loss attributable to SBA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communications

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(126,456)

 

 

 —

 

 

(126,456)

Common stock issued in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

connection with stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

purchase/option plans

 

761 

 

 

 

 

15,793 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

15,801 

Non-cash compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

11,639 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

11,639 

Equity component related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

repurchase of convertible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

debt

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,607)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,607)

Repurchase and retirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of common stock

 

(5,918)

 

 

(59)

 

 

 —

 

 

(225,013)

 

 

 —

 

 

(225,072)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

adjustments

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(38)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,690)

 

 

(1,728)

BALANCE, December 31, 2011

 

109,675 

 

$

1,097 

 

$

2,268,244 

 

$

(2,281,139)

 

$

485 

 

$

(11,313)

Net loss attributable to SBA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communications

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(181,037)

 

 

 —

 

 

(181,037)

Common stock issued in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

connection with stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

option plans/restriction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lapse

 

1,414 

 

 

14 

 

 

31,138 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

31,152 

Non-cash compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14,202 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14,202 

Equity component related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

repurchase of convertible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

debt

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(41,569)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(41,569)

Common stock issued in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

connection with

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

acquisitions

 

9,839 

 

 

98 

 

 

555,280 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

555,378 

Proceeds from sale of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stock

 

6,005 

 

 

60 

 

 

283,812 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

283,872 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

adjustments

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,306 

 

 

2,306 

BALANCE, December 31, 2012

 

126,933 

 

$

1,269 

 

$

3,111,107 

 

$

(2,462,176)

 

$

2,791 

 

$

652,991 

 

 

 

 

(continued)

F-5


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2013,  2012 AND 2011 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Class A

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

(Loss) Income

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2012

 

126,933 

 

$

1,269 

 

$

3,111,107 

 

$

(2,462,176)

 

$

2,791 

 

$

652,991 

Net loss attributable to SBA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communications

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(55,909)

 

 

 —

 

 

(55,909)

Common stock issued in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

connection with stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

purchase/option plans

 

740 

 

 

 

 

10,198 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,205 

Non-cash compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

17,422 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

17,422 

Adjustment associated with

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the acquisition of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

noncontrolling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,703 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,703 

Settlement of convertible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

notes

 

439 

 

 

 

 

(321,925)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(321,921)

Settlement of convertible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

note hedges

 

(82)

 

 

 —

 

 

182,856 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

182,856 

Settlement of common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock warrants

 

402 

 

 

 

 

(97,915)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(97,911)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

adjustments

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(36,470)

 

 

(36,470)

BALANCE, December 31, 2013

 

128,432 

 

$

1,284 

 

$

2,907,446 

 

$

(2,518,085)

 

$

(33,679)

 

$

356,966 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-6


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,909)

 

$

(181,390)

 

$

(126,892)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,296)

 

 

 —

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

533,334 

 

 

408,467 

 

 

309,146 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

49,085 

 

 

70,110 

 

 

63,629 

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(6,642)

 

 

1,360 

 

 

(1,686)

Non-cash asset impairment and decommission costs

 

 

23,819 

 

 

6,383 

 

 

5,472 

Non-cash compensation expense

 

 

17,205 

 

 

13,968 

 

 

11,469 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

 

15,560 

 

 

12,870 

 

 

9,188 

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

6,099 

 

 

51,799 

 

 

1,696 

Gain on sale/settlement of bankruptcy claim on convertible hedge

 

 

(27,870)

 

 

(4,952)

 

 

 —

Other non-cash items reflected in the Statements of Operations

 

 

(380)

 

 

(365)

 

 

768 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

billings on uncompleted contracts, net

 

 

(29,097)

 

 

(18,804)

 

 

(3,709)

Prepaid and other assets

 

 

(81,458)

 

 

(82,759)

 

 

(27,425)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

1,530 

 

 

8,251 

 

 

3,814 

Accrued interest

 

 

4,651 

 

 

13,882 

 

 

58 

Other liabilities

 

 

47,660 

 

 

44,390 

 

 

3,530 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

497,587 

 

 

340,914 

 

 

249,058 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions and related earn-outs

 

 

(686,703)

 

 

(2,258,655)

 

 

(379,320)

Capital expenditures

 

 

(168,893)

 

 

(113,265)

 

 

(126,938)

Proceeds from sale of DAS networks

 

 

 —

 

 

100,000 

 

 

 —

Return of principal on long-term notes

 

 

26,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other investing activities

 

 

3,074 

 

 

(3,131)

 

 

(1,630)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(826,522)

 

 

(2,275,051)

 

 

(507,888)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

340,000 

 

 

584,000 

 

 

250,000 

Repayments under Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

(225,000)

 

 

(484,000)

 

 

(270,000)

Proceeds from Mobilitie Bridge Loan, net of fees

 

 

 —

 

 

395,000 

 

 

 —

Repayment of Mobilitie Bridge Loan

 

 

 —

 

 

(400,000)

 

 

 —

Proceeds from 5.625% and 5.75% Senior Notes, net of fees

 

 

 —

 

 

1,277,729 

 

 

 —

Proceeds from SBA Tower Trust Series 2012, net of fees

 

 

 —

 

 

596,083 

 

 

 —

Proceeds from Term Loans, net of fees

 

 

 —

 

 

493,107 

 

 

492,560 

Repayment of Term Loans

 

 

(512,000)

 

 

(10,000)

 

 

(2,500)

Repurchase of 8.0% Notes and 8.25% Notes

 

 

 —

 

 

(542,203)

 

 

 —

Proceeds from sale/settlement of bankruptcy claim on convertible hedge

 

 

27,870 

 

 

4,952 

 

 

 —

Proceeds from employee stock purchase/stock option plans

 

 

10,205 

 

 

31,152 

 

 

15,801 

Payments on settlement of convertible debt

 

 

(794,997)

 

 

(107,493)

 

 

(17,038)

Proceeds from settlement of convertible note hedges

 

 

182,855 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Payments for settlement of common stock warrants

 

 

(97,912)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Proceeds from issuance of 2013 Tower Securities

 

 

1,304,665 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of fees

 

 

 —

 

 

283,872 

 

 

 —

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(225,072)

Other financing activities

 

 

(15,525)

 

 

(5,787)

 

 

(1,704)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

220,161 

 

 

2,116,412 

 

 

242,047 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(2,213)

 

 

1,212 

 

 

(155)

Net cash provided by discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(110,987)

 

 

185,783 

 

 

(16,938)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

 

233,099 

 

 

47,316 

 

 

64,254 

End of year

 

$

122,112 

 

$

233,099 

 

$

47,316 

(continued)

F-7


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

244,123 

 

$

182,474 

 

$

161,257 

Income taxes

 

$

6,645 

 

$

5,304 

 

$

4,218 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION OF NON-CASH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired through capital leases

 

$

1,239 

 

$

2,509 

 

$

2,570 

Issuance of stock for acquisitions

 

$

 —

 

$

555,378 

 

$

 —

Issuance of stock for conversion of debt, hedges, and warrants

 

$

18,159 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Promissory note received in connection with disposition of DAS assets

 

$

 —

 

$

25,000 

 

$

 —

Deferred payment on Brazil acquired assets

 

$

 —

 

$

175,890 

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8


 

Table of Contents

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.GENERAL

SBA Communications Corporation (the “Company” or “SBA”) was incorporated in the State of Florida in March 1997. The Company is a holding company that holds all of the outstanding capital stock of SBA Telecommunications, LLC (formerly known as SBA Telecommunications, Inc.) (“Telecommunications”). Telecommunications is a holding company that holds the outstanding capital stock of SBA Senior Finance, LLC (formerly known as SBA Senior Finance, Inc.) (“SBA Senior Finance”) and SBA Towers V, LLC (“SBA Towers V”), an operating subsidiary that is not a party to any loan agreement. SBA Towers V also owns the interest in our Brazilian subsidiaries. SBA Senior Finance is a holding company that holds, directly or indirectly, the equity interest in certain subsidiaries that issued the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2010-1 (the “2010-1 Tower Securities”), the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2010-2 (the “2010-2 Tower Securities” and together with the 2010-1 Tower Securities, the “2010 Tower Securities”), the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1 (the “2012-1 Tower Securities”), the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C (the “2013-1C Tower Securities”), the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C (the “2013-2C Tower Securities”), and the Secured Tower Revenue Securities 2013-1D (the “2013-1D Tower Securities” and together with the 2013-1C Tower Securities and 2013-2C Tower Securities, the “2013 Tower Securities” and together with the 2010 Tower Securities and 2012-1 Tower Securities, the “Tower Securities”) and certain subsidiaries that were not involved in the issuance of the Tower Securities. With respect to the subsidiaries involved in the issuance of the Tower Securities, SBA Senior Finance is the sole member of SBA Holdings, LLC and SBA Depositor, LLC. SBA Holdings, LLC is the sole member of SBA Guarantor, LLC. SBA Guarantor, LLC holds all of the capital stock of the companies referred to as the “Borrowers” under the Tower Securities (see Note 13). With respect to subsidiaries not involved in the issuance of the Tower Securities, SBA Senior Finance holds all of the membership interests in SBA Senior Finance II, LLC (“SBA Senior Finance II”) and certain non-operating subsidiaries. SBA Senior Finance II holds, directly or indirectly, all the capital stock of the International subsidiaries, with the exception of our Brazilian subsidiaries, and certain other tower companies (known as “Tower Companies”). SBA Senior Finance II also holds, directly or indirectly, all the capital stock and/or membership interests of certain other subsidiaries involved in providing services, including SBA Network Services, LLC (formerly known as SBA Network Services, Inc.), (“Network Services”) as well as SBA Network Management, Inc. (“Network Management”) which manages and administers the operations of the Borrowers.  

The table below outlines the legal structure of the Company at December 31, 2013:

 

Picture 4

 

F-9


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, the Company owned and operated wireless towers in the United States and its territories. In addition, the Company owned towers in Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Panama. Space on these towers is leased primarily to wireless service providers. As of December 31, 2013, the Company owned and operated 20,079 towers.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Brazilian subsidiaries have been transferred to, and are owned by, SBA Senior Finance II, LLC.

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements is as follows:

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the Company and its majority and wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The significant estimates made by management relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the costs and revenue relating to the Company’s construction contracts, stock-based compensation assumptions, valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets, fair value of long-lived assets, the useful lives of towers and intangible assets, anticipated property tax assessments, fair value of investments and asset retirement obligations. Management develops estimates based on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on the information available. These estimates ultimately may differ from actual results and such differences could be material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash in banks, money market funds, commercial paper and other marketable securities with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investments

Investment securities with original maturities of more than three months but less than one year at time of purchase are considered short-term investments. The Company’s short-term investments primarily consist of certificates of deposit with maturities of less than a year. Investment securities with maturities of more than a year are considered long-term investments and are classified in other assets on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Long-term investments primarily consist of U.S. Treasuries, mutual funds, and preferred securities. Gross purchases and sales of the Company’s investments are presented within “Cash flows from investing activities” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The Company accounts for its equity investments in privately held companies under the cost method. The aggregate carrying value of the Company’s cost-method investments was approximately $51.7 million as of both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and is classified within other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company evaluates its cost-method investments for impairment at least annually. The Company determines the fair value of its cost-method investments by considering available evidence, including general market conditions, the investee’s financial condition, near-term prospects, market comparables and subsequent rounds of financing. The Company measures and records its cost-method investments at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company did not recognize any impairment loss during the years ended December 31, 2013December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011.  

F-10


 

Table of Contents

Restricted Cash

The Company classifies all cash pledged as collateral to secure certain obligations and all cash whose use is limited as restricted cash. This includes cash held in escrow to fund certain reserve accounts relating to the Tower Securities as well as for payment and performance bonds and surety bonds issued for the benefit of the Company in the ordinary course of business (see Note 4).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost or at estimated fair value (in the case of acquired properties), adjusted for asset impairment and estimated asset retirement obligations. Costs associated with the development and construction of towers are capitalized as a cost of the towers. Costs for self-constructed towers include direct materials and labor, indirect costs and capitalized interest. Approximately $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and $0.5 million of interest cost was capitalized in 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively.

Depreciation on towers and related components is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, not to exceed the minimum lease term of the underlying ground lease. The Company defines the minimum lease term as the shorter of the period from lease inception through the end of the term of all tenant lease obligations in existence at ground lease inception, including renewal periods, or the ground lease term, including renewal periods. If no tenant lease obligation exists at the date of ground lease inception, the initial term of the ground lease is considered the minimum lease term. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the minimum lease term of the lease. For all other property and equipment, depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives.

The Company performs ongoing evaluations of the estimated useful lives of its property and equipment for depreciation purposes. The estimated useful lives are determined and continually evaluated based on the period over which services are expected to be rendered by the asset. If the useful lives of assets are reduced, depreciation may be accelerated in future years. Property and equipment under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or the remaining estimated life of the leased property, whichever is shorter, and the related amortization is included in depreciation expense. Expenditures for maintenance and repair are expensed as incurred.

Asset classes and related estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Towers and related components

3 - 15  years

 

 

Furniture, equipment and vehicles

2 - 7  years

 

 

Buildings and improvements

5 - 10  years

 

Betterments, improvements, and significant repairs, which increase the value or extend the life of an asset, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining estimated useful life of the respective asset. Changes in an asset’s estimated useful life are accounted for prospectively, with the book value of the asset at the time of the change being depreciated over the revised remaining useful life. There has been no material impact for changes in estimated useful lives for any years presented.

Deferred Financing Fees

Financing fees related to the issuance of debt have been deferred and are being amortized using the effective interest rate method over the expected duration of the related indebtedness (see Note 13).

Deferred Lease Costs

The Company defers certain initial direct costs associated with the origination of tenant leases and lease amendments and amortizes these costs over the initial lease term or over the lease term remaining if related to a lease amendment. Such deferred costs were approximately $12.8 million, $10.2 million, and $5.1 million in 2013,  2012, and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense was $5.5 million, $4.6 million, and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively, and is included in cost of site leasing on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, unamortized deferred lease costs were $22.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively, and are included in other assets on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-11


 

Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

The Company classifies as intangible assets the fair value of current leases in place at the acquisition date of towers and related assets (referred to as the “Current contract intangibles”), and the fair value of future tenant leases anticipated to be added to the acquired towers (referred to as the “Network location intangibles”). These intangibles are estimated to have a useful life consistent with the useful life of the related tower assets, which is typically 15 years. For all intangible assets, amortization is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as the benefit associated with these intangible assets is anticipated to be derived evenly over the life of the asset.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its individual long-lived and related assets with finite lives for indicators of impairment to determine when an impairment analysis should be performed. The Company evaluates its tower assets and Current contract intangibles at the tower level, which is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows exists. The Company evaluates its Network location intangibles for impairment at the tower leasing business level whenever indicators of impairment are present. The Company has established a policy to at least annually evaluate its tower assets and Current contract intangibles for impairment.

The Company records an impairment charge when the Company believes an investment in towers or related assets has been impaired, such that future undiscounted cash flows would not recover the then current carrying value of the investment in the tower and related intangible. Estimates and assumptions inherent in the impairment evaluation include, but are not limited to, general market and economic conditions, historical operating results, geographic location, lease-up potential and expected timing of lease-up. In addition, the Company makes certain assumptions in determining an asset’s fair value for the purpose of calculating the amount of an impairment charge. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $29.0 million, $6.4 million, and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively, which includes the write off of $23.1 million in carrying value of decommissioned communication sites and the incurrence of other third party decommission costs, related to its long-lived assets and intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2013.  There were no write offs for decommissioned towers or the incurrence of other third party decommission costs, related to its long-lived assets and intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair market values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The following three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

 

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

 

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from site leasing is recorded monthly and recognized on a straight-line basis over the current term of the related lease agreements, which are generally five to ten years. Receivables recorded related to the straight-lining of site leases are reflected in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Rental amounts received in advance are recorded as deferred revenue on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Site development projects in which the Company performs consulting services include contracts on a time and materials basis or a fixed price basis. Time and materials based contracts are billed at contractual rates as the services are rendered. For those site development contracts in which the Company performs work on a fixed price basis, site development billing (and revenue recognition) is based on the completion of agreed upon phases of the project on a per site basis. Upon the completion of each phase on a per site basis, the Company recognizes the revenue related to that phase. Site development projects generally take from 3 to 12 months to complete.

F-12


 

Table of Contents

Revenue from construction projects is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date compared to management’s estimated total cost for each contract. This method is used because management considers total cost to be the best available measure of progress on the contracts. These amounts are based on estimates, and the uncertainty inherent in the estimates initially is reduced as work on the contracts nears completion. The asset “costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts” represents costs incurred and revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. The liability “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts,” included within other current liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, represents billings in excess of costs incurred and revenues recognized. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined to be probable.

On October 31, 2011, the Company entered into a Master Amendment with one of its wireless service provider customers. The Master Amendment serves as a separate amendment to each individual existing tenant lease agreement that the Company is currently a party to with that customer. Among other items, the Master Amendment (1) extends the current term of the individual leases, (2) permits the customer limited early termination rights which will be exercisable over a multi-year period, commencing in the second half of 2013, on a specific number of the existing leases, (3) allows the customer to make certain specific equipment changes at the towers in exchange for an increase in monthly rental payment due from the customer, and (4) slightly modifies the existing monthly lease rates of certain leases. The customer’s early termination rights are limited with respect to the aggregate number of leases that may be terminated and the number that may be terminated in any quarter. Certain of the specific leases to be terminated early and the timing of such terminations has not been determined as of the date of this filing. As a result, for accounting and financial statement purposes, the Company has made assumptions with regard to the remaining leases to be terminated and the timing of the terminations. The Company has assumed that the customer will terminate the maximum number of leases allowable in each quarter, selecting the highest rental rate leases at the earliest allowable dates. The Company believes that these assumptions will ensure that only the minimum known revenue for the pool of leases covered by the Master Agreement will be accrued on a straight-line basis. The Company’s balance sheet and statement of operations reflect these assumptions. The actual leases that the customer terminates and the timing and number of terminations may or may not be those that we have identified in our assumptions. The Company will monitor actual results and elections under the Master Amendment and record any differences from previously made assumptions on a quarterly basis. To the extent that the actual results materially differ from the assumptions made, the Company will disclose the impact of these adjustments.

Allowance for Doubtful accounts

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers. The Company monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience, specific customer collection issues identified, and past due balances as determined based on contractual terms. Interest is charged on outstanding receivables from customers on a case by case basis in accordance with the terms of the respective contracts or agreements with those customers. Amounts determined to be uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts in the period in which uncollectibility is determined to be probable.

The following is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Beginning balance

 

$

246 

 

$

135 

 

$

263 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

770 

 

 

330 

 

 

70 

Write-offs, net of recoveries

 

 

(330)

 

 

(219)

 

 

(198)

Ending balance

 

$

686 

 

$

246 

 

$

135 

 

Cost of Revenue

Cost of site leasing revenue includes ground lease rent, property taxes, amortization of deferred lease costs, maintenance and other tower operating expenses. All ground lease rental obligations due to be paid out over the lease term, including fixed escalations, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. Liabilities recorded related to the straight-lining of ground leases are reflected in other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cost of site development revenue includes the cost of materials, salaries and labor costs, including payroll taxes, subcontract labor, vehicle expense and other costs directly and indirectly related to the projects. All costs related to site development projects are recognized as incurred.

F-13


 

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company had taxable losses during the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, and as a result, net operating loss carry-forwards have been generated. The majority of these net operating loss carry-forwards are fully reserved as management believes it is not “more-likely-than-not” that the Company will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to recognize the losses. The tax years 1999 through 2013 remain open to examination by the major jurisdictions in which the Company operates.

The Company determines whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position taken in an income tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Once it is determined that a position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the position is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The Company has not identified any tax exposures that require a reserve. In the future, to the extent that the Company records unrecognized tax exposures, any related interest and penalties will be recognized as interest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company does not calculate U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because substantially all such earnings are expected to be reinvested indefinitely.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases under employee stock purchase plans. The Company records compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, for stock options and restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Compensation expense for employee stock options is based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Any stock options granted to non-employees would be valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the “valuation date,” which for options to non-employees is the vesting date. Expense related to options granted to non-employees would be recognized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the period over which services are to be received or the vesting period. Compensation expense for restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of the units awarded at the date of the grant.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company has entered into ground leases for the land underlying the majority of the Company’s towers. A majority of these leases require the Company to restore leaseholds to their original condition upon termination of the ground lease.

The Company recognizes asset retirement obligations in the period in which they are incurred, if a reasonable estimate of a fair value can be made, and accretes such liability through the obligation’s estimated settlement date. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related tower fixed assets, and over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the estimated useful life of the tower.

The asset retirement obligation at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $5.3 million and $7.5 million, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Upon settlement of the obligations, any difference between the cost to retire an asset and the recorded liability is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a gain or loss. In determining the measurement of the asset retirement obligations, the Company considered the nature and scope of the contractual restoration obligations contained in the Company’s third party ground leases, the historical retirement experience as an indicator of future restoration probabilities, intent in renewing existing ground leases through lease termination dates, current and future value and timing of estimated restoration costs and the credit adjusted risk-free rate used to discount future obligations.

F-14


 

Table of Contents

The following summarizes the activity of the asset retirement obligation liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

Beginning balance

 

$

7,506 

 

$

5,386 

 

$

5,214 

Additions

 

 

597 

 

 

2,261 

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(42)

 

 

 

 

(2)

Accretion expense

 

 

512 

 

 

333 

 

 

250 

Removal

 

 

(407)

 

 

(334)

 

 

 —

Revision in estimates

 

 

(2,854)

 

 

(141)

 

 

(85)

Ending balance

 

$

5,312 

 

$

7,506 

 

$

5,386 

 

Loss Per Share

The Company has potential common stock equivalents related to its outstanding stock options and convertible senior notes. These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted loss per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive in calculating the full year earnings per share. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share and the weighted average number of shares used in the computations are the same for all periods presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity (net assets) of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, and is comprised of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss).

Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries that do not utilize the United States dollar as its functional currency are translated at period-end rates of exchange, while revenues and expenses are translated at monthly weighted average rates of exchange for the year. Unrealized translation gains and losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments through other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts or balances to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year. The Company adjusted the allocation of the valuation allowance against its current and non-current deferred tax assets in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. The adjustment did not have any impact on the statement of operations or cash flows.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities acquired are recorded at fair market value at the date of each acquisition and the results of operations of the acquired assets are included with those of the Company from the dates of the respective acquisitions. The Company continues to evaluate all acquisitions for a period not to exceed one year after the applicable closing date of each transaction to determine whether any additional adjustments are needed to the allocation of the purchase price paid for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as a result of information available at the acquisition date. The intangible assets represent the value associated with the current leases at the acquisition date (“Current contract intangibles”) and future tenant leases anticipated to be added to the towers (“Network location intangibles”) and were calculated using the discounted values of the current or future expected cash flows. The intangible assets are estimated to have a useful life consistent with the useful life of the related tower assets, which is typically 15 years.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the Company may agree to pay additional consideration (or earnouts) if the communication sites or businesses that are acquired meet or exceed certain performance targets over a period of one to three years after they have been acquired. The Company records contingent consideration for acquisitions that occurred prior to January 1, 2009 when the contingent consideration is paid. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company accrues for contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions at fair value as of the date of the acquisition. All subsequent changes in fair value of contingent consideration are

F-15


 

Table of Contents

recorded through Consolidated Statements of Operations. In certain acquisitions, the additional consideration may be paid in cash or shares of Class A common stock at the Company’s option.

3.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis— The Company’s earnouts related to acquisitions are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. The Company determines the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration, and any subsequent changes in fair value, using a discounted probability-weighted approach using Level 3 inputs. The fair value of the earnouts is reviewed quarterly and is based on the payments the Company expects to make based on historical internal observations related to the anticipated performance of the underlying assets. The Company’s estimate of the fair value of its obligation if the performance targets contained in various acquisition agreements were met was $30.1 million and $9.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which the Company recorded in accrued expenses on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum potential obligation related to the performance targets was $42.1 million and $17.1 million as of December 31, 2013.

The Company measures its foreign currency forward contracts, which are recorded in Prepaid and other current assets, at fair value based on indicative prices in active markets (Level 2 inputs). These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and as such any gains and losses are reflected within Other Income, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis— The Company’s long-lived assets, intangibles, and asset retirement obligations are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. Level 3 valuations rely on unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The Company considers many factors and makes certain assumptions when making this assessment, including but not limited to: general market and economic conditions, historical operating results, geographic location, lease-up potential and expected timing of lease-up. The fair value of the long-lived assets, intangibles, and asset retirement obligations is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $29.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively, which includes the write off of $23.1 million in carrying value of decommissioned towers and other third party decommission costs, related to its long-lived assets and intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from the Company’s analysis that the future cash flows from certain towers would not recover the carrying value of the investment in those towers. There were no write offs for decommissioned towers and other third party decommission costs, related to its long-lived assets and intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011. Impairment charges for all periods presented and the related impaired assets relate to the Company’s site leasing operating segment.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments— The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable, and short-term investments approximate their related estimated fair values due to the short maturity of those instruments. Short-term investments consisted of $5.2 million and $5.3 million in certificate of deposits, as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company’s estimate of the fair value of its held-to-maturity investments in treasury and corporate bonds, including current portion, are based primarily upon Level 1 reported market values. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value and fair value of the held-to-maturity investments, including current portion, were $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value and fair value of the held-to-maturity investments, including current portion, was $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

F-16


 

Table of Contents

The Company determines fair value of its debt instruments utilizing various Level 2 sources including quoted prices and indicative quotes (non-binding quotes) from brokers that require judgment to interpret market information including implied credit spreads for similar borrowings on recent trades or bid/ask prices. The fair value of the Revolving Credit Facility is considered to approximate the carrying value because the interest payments are based on Eurodollar rates that reset every month. The Company does not believe its credit risk has changed materially from the date the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 187.5 basis points was set for the Revolving Credit Facility. The following table reflects fair values, principal balances, and carrying values of the Company’s debt instruments (see Note 13).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

Fair Value

 

Principal Balance

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

Principal Balance

 

Carrying Value

 

 

(in thousands)

1.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

714,096 

 

$

468,836 

 

$

457,351 

4.000% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014

 

 

1,479,859 

 

 

499,944 

 

 

468,394 

 

 

1,060,622 

 

 

499,987 

 

 

430,751 

8.250% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 

262,031 

 

 

243,750 

 

 

242,387 

 

 

272,391 

 

 

243,750 

 

 

242,205 

5.625% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 

514,375 

 

 

500,000 

 

 

500,000 

 

 

523,750 

 

 

500,000 

 

 

500,000 

5.750% Senior Notes due 2020

 

 

832,000 

 

 

800,000 

 

 

800,000 

 

 

848,000 

 

 

800,000 

 

 

800,000 

4.254% 2010-1 Tower Securities

 

 

689,717 

 

 

680,000 

 

 

680,000 

 

 

713,619 

 

 

680,000 

 

 

680,000 

5.101% 2010-2 Tower Securities

 

 

586,586 

 

 

550,000 

 

 

550,000 

 

 

621,379 

 

 

550,000 

 

 

550,000 

2.933% 2012-1Tower Securities

 

 

604,736 

 

 

610,000 

 

 

610,000 

 

 

635,614 

 

 

610,000 

 

 

610,000 

2.240% 2013-1C Tower Securities

 

 

408,442 

 

 

425,000 

 

 

425,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

3.722% 2013-2C Tower Securities

 

 

530,098 

 

 

575,000 

 

 

575,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

3.598% 2013-1D Tower Securities

 

 

318,856 

 

 

330,000 

 

 

330,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

215,000 

 

 

215,000 

 

 

215,000 

 

 

100,000 

 

 

100,000 

 

 

100,000 

2011 Term Loan B

 

 

180,980 

 

 

180,529 

 

 

180,234 

 

 

493,731 

 

 

492,500 

 

 

491,518 

2012-1 Term Loan A

 

 

184,538 

 

 

185,000 

 

 

185,000 

 

 

194,513 

 

 

195,000 

 

 

195,000 

2012-2 Term Loan B

 

 

110,383 

 

 

109,971 

 

 

109,745 

 

 

300,750 

 

 

300,000 

 

 

299,278 

BNDES Loans

 

 

5,847 

 

 

5,847 

 

 

5,847 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

    Totals

 

$

6,923,448 

 

$

5,910,041 

 

$

5,876,607 

 

$

6,478,465 

 

$

5,440,073 

 

$

5,356,103 

 

4.RESTRICTED CASH

Restricted cash consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

Included on Balance Sheet

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Securitization escrow accounts

 

$

46,364 

 

$

26,774 

 

Restricted cash - current asset

Payment and performance bonds

 

 

941 

 

 

934 

 

Restricted cash - current asset

Surety bonds and workers compensation

 

 

8,991 

 

 

11,989 

 

Other assets - noncurrent

   Total restricted cash

 

$

56,296 

 

$

39,697 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Tower Securities (see Note 13), the Company is required to establish a securitization escrow account, held by the indenture trustee, into which all rents and other sums due on the towers that secure the Tower Securities are directly deposited by the lessees. These restricted cash amounts are used to fund reserve accounts for the payment of (1) debt service costs, (2) ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes and insurance premiums related to towers, (3) trustee and servicing expenses, (4) management fees, and (5) to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants. The restricted cash in the controlled deposit account in excess of required reserve balances is subsequently released to the Borrowers (as defined in Note 13) monthly, provided that the Borrowers are in compliance with their debt service coverage ratio and that no event of default has occurred. All monies held by the indenture trustee are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Payment and performance bonds relate primarily to collateral requirements for tower construction currently in process by the Company. Cash is pledged as collateral related to surety bonds issued for the benefit of the Company or its affiliates in the ordinary course of business and primarily related to the Company’s tower removal obligations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $42.0 million in surety, payment and performance bonds for which it is only required to post $6.1 million in collateral. The Company periodically evaluates the collateral posted for its bonds to ensure that it meets the minimum requirements. As of December 31, 2013 

F-17


 

Table of Contents

and 2012, the Company had also pledged $2.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, as collateral related to its workers compensation policy. Restricted cash for surety bonds and workers compensation are included in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

5.OTHER ASSETS

The Company’s other assets are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash-LT

 

$

8,991 

 

$

11,989 

Long-term investments

 

 

52,801 

 

 

52,939 

Prepaid land rent

 

 

119,047 

 

 

112,940 

Straight-line receivable

 

 

179,292 

 

 

116,361 

Other

 

 

40,721 

 

 

61,051 

Total other assets:

 

$

400,852 

 

$

355,280 

 

6.ACQUISITIONS

Oi S.A. Acquisition

On November 26, 2013, the Company acquired the rights to use 2,113 towers in Brazil from Oi S.A. for an aggregate purchase price of $317.0 million with $299.2 million paid from cash on hand and borrowings under the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility and the remaining $17.8 million in other liabilities to be paid over the next year. These liabilities are included within accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is subject to adjustment and will be finalized upon the completion of analyses of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired (up to one year from the acquisition date).  

Other Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2013, in addition to the Oi S.A. acquisition, the Company acquired 389 completed towers and related assets and liabilities. These acquisitions were not significant to the Company and, accordingly, pro forma financial information has not been presented. The Company evaluates all acquisitions after the applicable closing date of each transaction to determine whether any additional adjustments are needed to the allocation of the purchase price paid for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by major balance sheet caption, as well as the separate recognition of intangible assets from goodwill if certain criteria are met.

Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we acquired 154 towers and related assets for $230.1 million in cash.

Summary of Acquisitions

The following table summarizes the Company’s acquisition activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Tower acquisitions (number of towers)

 

 

2,502 

 

 

6,630 

 

 

1,085 

 

F-18


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s cash acquisition capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Towers and related intangible assets (1)

 

$

628,423 

 

$

2,205,859 

 

$

348,950 

Ground lease land purchases (2)

 

 

48,956 

 

 

46,865 

 

 

25,755 

Earnouts

 

 

9,324 

 

 

5,931 

 

 

4,615 

Total cash acquisition capital expenditures

 

$

686,703 

 

$

2,258,655 

 

$

379,320 

 

(1)

Total acquisition capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2013, included $175.9 million related to an acquisition in Brazil which closed in the fourth quarter of 2012.

(2)

In addition, the Company paid $9.1 million, $9.7 million, and $9.8 million for ground lease extensions during the years ending 2013,  2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded these amounts in prepaid rent on its Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of an acquisition are subject to adjustment during the measurement period (up to one year from the particular acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the fair value of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration and any related tax impact. The fair values of these net assets acquired are based on management’s estimates and assumptions, as well as other information compiled by management, including valuations that utilize customary valuation procedures and techniques. During the measurement period, the Company will adjust assets and/or liabilities if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in a revised estimated value of those assets and/or liabilities as of that date. The effect of material measurement period adjustments to the estimated fair values is reflected as if the adjustments had been completed on the acquisition date. The impact of all changes that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are included in current period earnings. If the actual results differ from the estimates and judgments used in these fair values, the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements could be subject to a possible impairment of the intangible assets, or require acceleration of the amortization expense of intangible assets in subsequent periods.

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company identified a purchase price allocation adjustment related to an acquisition that occurred in the fourth quarter of the prior year, and accordingly, has recorded an adjustment to reclassify $54.1 million from Property and Equipment to Intangible Assets. The effect of this entry was not material to the Company’s Statement of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheet for the periods presented, and as such, has only been reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheet as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Earnouts

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s estimate of its potential obligation if the performance targets contained in various acquisition agreements were met was $30.1 million which the Company has recorded in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations,  compared to the potential obligation of $9.8 million at December 31, 2012.  

The Company recorded an adjustment of $1.5 million decreasing,  $0.8 million increasing, and $0.7 million decreasing  the estimated contingent consideration fair value during the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011, respectively, which the Company has recorded in acquisition related expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

Foreign Currency Forward Contract

The Company measures its foreign currency forward contracts, which are recorded in Prepaid and other current assets, at fair value based on indicative prices in active markets (Level 2 inputs). These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and as such any gains and losses are reflected within Other Income, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

On July 26, 2013, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts with a settlement date of October 30, 2013 for an aggregate notional amount of $305.0 million (R$697.1 million) to hedge the purchase price of the Oi S.A. acquisition in Brazil. The Company settled these contracts for proceeds and a gain of $14.1 million.

F-19


 

Table of Contents

On October 29, 2013, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts with a settlement date of November 21, 2013 for an aggregate notional amount of $314.0 million (R$687.5 million) in order to continue to hedge the purchase price of the Oi S.A. acquisition. The Company settled these contracts by paying out and recording a loss of $12.8 million.

On January 10, 2014, the Company entered into two foreign currency forward contracts with a settlement date of March 26, 2014 creating an option collar for an aggregate notional amount of R$750.0 million in order to partially hedge the purchase price of a Brazilian acquisition that is anticipated to close March 31, 2014.

On February 11, 2014, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts with a settlement date of March 26, 2014 for an aggregate notional amount of $318.9 million (R$775.0 million) in order to hedge the remainder of the purchase price of the Brazilian acquisition that is anticipated to close March 31, 2014.

7.DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On September 6, 2012, the Company sold certain DAS networks located in New York, Chicago and Las Vegas, to ExteNet for approximately $119.3 million, comprised of $94.3 million in cash and $25.0 million in the form of a promissory note. On October 18, 2013, the Company received payment on the $25.0 million note including accrued interest.  One additional DAS network in Auburn, Alabama was sold to ExteNet on October 23, 2012 for $5.7 million in cash.

The sold DAS networks, which are included in the Company’s Site Leasing segment, met both the component and held for sale criteria during the second quarter of 2012 and the results of operations associated with these assets have been reported as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The Company did not allocate any portion of the Company’s interest expense to discontinued operations.

 

The key components of discontinued operations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Site leasing revenue

 

$

 —

 

$

5,046 

 

$

 —

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 —

 

 

2,296 

 

 

 —

 

8.INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table provides the gross and net carrying amounts for each major class of intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

Gross carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Net book

 

Gross carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Net book

 

 

amount

 

amortization

 

value

 

amount

 

amortization

 

value

 

 

(in thousands)

Current contract intangibles

 

$

3,154,616 

 

$

(649,861)

 

$

2,504,755 

 

$

2,744,968 

 

$

(462,016)

 

$

2,282,952 

Network location intangibles

 

 

1,209,142 

 

 

(326,699)

 

 

882,443 

 

 

1,101,566 

 

 

(250,385)

 

 

851,181 

Intangible assets, net

 

$

4,363,758 

 

$

(976,560)

 

$

3,387,198 

 

$

3,846,534 

 

$

(712,401)

 

$

3,134,133 

 

All intangible assets noted above are included in the Company’s site leasing segment. The Company amortizes its intangible assets using the straight-line method over 15 years. Amortization expense relating to the intangible assets above was $266.6 million, $188.7 million, and $133.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-20


 

Table of Contents

Estimated amortization expense on the Company’s intangibles assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

290,716 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290,716 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290,716 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290,716 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290,716 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,933,618 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,387,198 

 

9.PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net (including assets held under capital leases) consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

(in thousands)

Towers and related components

 

$

3,821,482 

 

$

3,757,859 

Construction-in-process

 

 

24,275 

 

 

25,454 

Furniture, equipment, and vehicles

 

 

40,274 

 

 

35,278 

Land, buildings, and improvements

 

 

364,830 

 

 

290,931 

 

 

 

4,250,861 

 

 

4,109,522 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,672,417)

 

 

(1,438,205)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

2,578,444 

 

$

2,671,317 

 

Construction-in-process represents costs incurred related to towers that are under development and will be used in the Company’s operations. Depreciation expense was $266.1 million, $219.5 million, and $175.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, non-cash capital expenditures that are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses were $11.4 million and $17.3 million, respectively.

10.COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

(in thousands)

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts

 

$

94,145 

 

$

55,349 

Estimated earnings

 

 

32,547 

 

 

20,883 

Billings to date

 

 

(108,070)

 

 

(53,708)

 

 

$

18,622 

 

$

22,524 

 

These amounts are included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets under the following captions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

(in thousands)

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of

 

 

 

 

 

 

    billings on uncompleted contracts

 

$

27,864 

 

$

23,644 

Other current liabilities (Billings in excess of costs and

 

 

 

 

 

 

    estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts)

 

 

(9,242)

 

 

(1,120)

 

 

$

18,622 

 

$

22,524 

 

F-21


 

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, eight significant customers comprised 89.6% of the costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings, while at December 31, 2012,  five significant customers comprised 86.5% of the costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings.

11.CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The Company’s credit risks consist primarily of accounts receivable with national, regional, and local wireless service providers and federal and state government agencies. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and provides allowances for doubtful accounts, as required, based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. The Company generally does not require collateral.

The following is a list of significant customers (representing at least 10% of revenue for all periods reported) and the percentage of total revenue for the specified time periods derived from such customers:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint (1)

 

 

 

24.9% 

 

23.9% 

 

21.9% 

AT&T Wireless

 

 

 

19.0% 

 

20.3% 

 

23.8% 

T-Mobile (2)

 

 

 

17.3% 

 

17.2% 

 

13.5% 

Verizon Wireless

 

 

 

11.1% 

 

12.7% 

 

14.8% 

 

The Company’s site leasing and site development segments derive revenue from these customers. Client percentages of total revenue in each of the segments are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Site Leasing Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint (1)

 

 

 

28.5% 

 

26.8% 

 

24.6% 

AT&T Wireless

 

 

 

21.9% 

 

22.9% 

 

26.8% 

T-Mobile (2)

 

 

 

18.7% 

 

18.6% 

 

14.2% 

Verizon Wireless

 

 

 

12.1% 

 

13.2% 

 

15.5% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Site Development Revenues

 

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ericsson, Inc.

 

 

 

34.5% 

 

24.5% 

 

9.0% 

Nsoro Mastec, LLC

 

 

 

3.0% 

 

16.2% 

 

35.6% 

 

(1)Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of Sprint and Clearwire.

(2)Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of T-Mobile and Metro PCS.

Five significant customers comprised 51.5% of total gross accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 compared to five significant customers which comprised 55.5% of total gross accounts receivable at December 31, 2012.  

 

 

 

F-22


 

Table of Contents

12.ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

The Company’s accrued expenses are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

(in thousands)

Accrued earnouts

 

$

30,063 

 

$

9,840 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

11,351 

 

 

8,810 

Real estate and property taxes

 

 

9,814 

 

 

9,580 

Other

 

 

34,903 

 

 

13,822 

 

 

$

86,131 

 

$

42,052 

 

As of December 31, 2012, total other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet was $195.7 million of which $177.5 million related to the deferred payment on the acquisition of 800 towers in Brazil. 

13.     DEBT

The carrying and principal values of debt consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

Date

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

Principal Balance

 

Carrying Value

 

Principal Balance

 

Carrying Value

1.875% Convertible Senior Notes

 

May 1, 2013

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

468,836 

 

$

457,351 

4.000% Convertible Senior Notes

 

Oct. 1, 2014

 

 

499,944 

 

 

468,394 

 

 

499,987 

 

 

430,751 

8.250% Senior Notes

 

Aug. 15, 2019

 

 

243,750 

 

 

242,387 

 

 

243,750 

 

 

242,205 

5.625% Senior Notes

 

Oct. 1, 2019

 

 

500,000 

 

 

500,000 

 

 

500,000 

 

 

500,000 

5.750% Senior Notes

 

July 15, 2020

 

 

800,000 

 

 

800,000 

 

 

800,000 

 

 

800,000 

4.254% 2010-1 Tower Securities

 

April 15, 2015

 

 

680,000 

 

 

680,000 

 

 

680,000 

 

 

680,000 

5.101% 2010-2 Tower Securities

 

April 17, 2017

 

 

550,000 

 

 

550,000 

 

 

550,000 

 

 

550,000 

2.933% 2012-1Tower Securities

 

Dec. 15, 2017

 

 

610,000 

 

 

610,000 

 

 

610,000 

 

 

610,000 

2.240% 2013-1C Tower Securities

 

April 17, 2018

 

 

425,000 

 

 

425,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

3.722% 2013-2C Tower Securities

 

April 17, 2023

 

 

575,000 

 

 

575,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

3.598% 2013-1D Tower Securities

 

April 17, 2018

 

 

330,000 

 

 

330,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Revolving Credit Facility

 

May 9, 2017

 

 

215,000 

 

 

215,000 

 

 

100,000 

 

 

100,000 

2011 Term Loan B

 

June 30, 2018

 

 

180,529 

 

 

180,234 

 

 

492,500 

 

 

491,518 

2012-1 Term Loan A

 

May 9, 2017

 

 

185,000 

 

 

185,000 

 

 

195,000 

 

 

195,000 

2012-2 Term Loan B

 

Sept. 28, 2019

 

 

109,971 

 

 

109,745 

 

 

300,000 

 

 

299,278 

BNDES Loans

 

various

 

 

5,847 

 

 

5,847 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total debt

 

 

 

$

5,910,041 

 

$

5,876,607 

 

$

5,440,073 

 

$

5,356,103 

Less: current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(481,886)

 

 

 

 

 

(475,351)

Total long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,394,721

 

 

 

 

$

4,880,752

 

F-23


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s future principal payment obligations (based on the outstanding debt as of December 31, 2013 and assuming the Tower Securities are repaid at their respective anticipated repayment dates) are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

(in thousands)

2014

 

 

 

$

513,436 

2015

 

 

 

 

698,983 

2016

 

 

 

 

21,460 

2017

 

 

 

 

1,511,208 

2018

 

 

 

 

936,233 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

2,228,721 

Total

 

 

 

$

5,910,041 

 

The table below reflects cash and non-cash interest expense amounts recognized by debt instrument for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011, respectively:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

Cash

 

Non-cash

 

Cash

 

Non-cash

 

Cash

 

Non-cash

 

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

(in thousands)

1.875% Convertible Senior Notes

 

$

2,670 

 

$

10,434 

 

$

9,885 

 

$

36,388 

 

$

10,090 

 

$

33,844 

4.0% Convertible Senior Notes

 

 

19,998 

 

 

38,307 

 

 

20,000 

 

 

33,149 

 

 

20,000 

 

 

29,149 

8.0% Senior Notes

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

15,867 

 

 

174 

 

 

30,000 

 

 

309 

8.25% Senior Notes

 

 

20,109 

 

 

182 

 

 

23,177 

 

 

192 

 

 

30,938 

 

 

237 

5.625% Senior Notes

 

 

28,125 

 

 

 —

 

 

7,266 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

5.75% Senior Notes

 

 

46,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

21,594 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

2010 Secured Tower Revenue Securities

 

 

57,383 

 

 

 —

 

 

57,377 

 

 

 —

 

 

57,371 

 

 

 —

2012 Secured Tower Revenue Securities

 

 

18,085 

 

 

 —

 

 

7,133 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

2013 Secured Tower Revenue Securities

 

 

30,392 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

4,515 

 

 

 —

 

 

4,392 

 

 

 —

 

 

3,209 

 

 

 —

2011 Term Loan

 

 

10,533 

 

 

101 

 

 

18,894 

 

 

179 

 

 

9,705 

 

 

90 

2012-1 Term Loan

 

 

4,557 

 

 

 —

 

 

3,567 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

2012-2 Term Loan

 

 

6,416 

 

 

61 

 

 

2,969 

 

 

28 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Mobilitie Bridge Loan

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,239 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other

 

 

268 

 

 

 —

 

 

(119)

 

 

 —

 

 

(417)

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

249,051 

 

$

49,085 

 

$

196,241 

 

$

70,110 

 

$

160,896 

 

$

63,629 

 

Senior Credit Agreement

On February 11, 2010, SBA Senior Finance II, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“SBA Senior Finance II”), entered into a credit agreement for a $500.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility,” formerly referred to as the 2010 Credit Facility) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the credit agreement.

On June 30, 2011, SBA Senior Finance II entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Senior Credit Agreement”) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Senior Credit Agreement, to extend the maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility, to obtain a new $500.0 million senior secured term loan (the “2011 Term Loan”), and to amend certain terms of the existing credit agreement. In addition, at the time of entering into the Senior Credit Agreement, the remaining deferred financing fees balance related to the existing Credit Agreement prior to the amendment was transferred to the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with accounting guidance for revolving credit facilities.

On April 2, 2012 and again on May 9, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II exercised its right to increase the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement from $500.0 million to $600.0 million and from $600.0 million to $700.0 million, respectively. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $1.1 million in relation to these increases.

F-24


 

Table of Contents

On May 9, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a First Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to extend the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility to May 9, 2017.  

Also on May 9, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Second Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to obtain a new $200.0 million senior secured term loan (the “2012-1 Term Loan”). The Company incurred financing fees of $2.7 million associated with the closing of this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

On September 28, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Third Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”) and Fourth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to amend certain definitions related to the calculation of leverage at the SBA level to be consistent with the method for calculating leverage at the SBA Senior Finance II level and to amend the Senior Credit Agreement to permit SBA Senior Finance II, without the consent of the other lenders, to request that one or more lenders provide SBA Senior Finance II with additional term loans or to increase the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. SBA Senior Finance II’s ability to request such additional term loans or increases in the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to its compliance with the conditions set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement.

On September 28, 2012, SBA Senior Finance II also entered into a Fifth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent, to obtain a new $300.0 million senior secured term loan (the “2012-2 Term Loan” collectively with the 2011 Term Loan and the 2012-1 Term Loan, the “Term Loans”). The Company incurred financing fees of $3.5 million associated with the closing of this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

On January 28, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II exercised its right to increase the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility from $700.0 million to $730.0 million. 

On March 14, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II exercised its right to increase the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility from $730 million to $770 million.

On August 27, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Sixth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Sixth Amendment”) with the lenders parties thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Sixth Amendment amended the Senior Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the existing Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA ratio maintenance covenant from 6.0x to 6.5x and (ii) proportionately adjust various leverage-based covenants, including mandatory repayments and restrictions on acquired indebtedness, general dispositions of assets, restricted payments, and general investments.

In addition, the Sixth Amendment modified the incremental capacity under the Senior Credit Agreement for increases in the Revolving Credit Facility and issuances of incremental term loan facilities from a fixed cap to an incurrence-based availability test which permits SBA Senior Finance II to request that one or more lenders provide (i) additional commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) additional term loans, in each case without requesting the consent of the other lenders provided that after giving effect to the proposed increase in Revolving Credit Facility commitments or incremental term loans the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA would not exceed 6.5x. In addition, the amendment modified the percentage of allowable annualized borrower EBITDA for foreign subsidiaries from 10.0% to 35.0%.

On February 7, 2014, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Second A&R Credit Agreement to, among other things, obtain a new delayed draw $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “2014 Term Loan”) and to amend certain terms of the existing Senior Credit Agreement. In addition to providing for the 2014 Term Loan, the Second A&R Credit Agreement amended the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement to, among other things, amend the terms of certain events of default, modify certain financial maintenance covenants and remove the parent financial maintenance leverage covenant to reflect an increased size of SBA Senior Finance II and its restricted subsidiaries.  All other material terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, as amended, remained unchanged. The Company incurred financing fees of $5.6 million to date associated with the closing of this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. Net proceeds from the first funding of the 2014 Term Loan were used to (1) repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, and (3) to repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The net proceeds from the second funding will be used (1) to pay the cash consideration in connection with SBA’s acquisition of towers from Oi S.A. in Brazil and (2) for general corporate purposes.

F-25


 

Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement

The Revolving Credit Facility is governed by the Senior Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Revolving Credit Facility consists of a revolving loan under which up to $770.0 million aggregate principal amount may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with specific financial ratios and the satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 187.5 basis points to 237.5 basis points or at a Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 87.5 basis points to 137.5 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA, calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement. If not earlier terminated by SBA Senior Finance II, the Revolving Credit Facility will terminate on, and SBA Senior Finance II will repay all amounts outstanding on or before, May 9, 2017. The proceeds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for general corporate purposes. A per annum commitment fee of 0.375% to 0.5% of the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility is charged based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). SBA Senior Finance II may, from time to time, borrow from and repay the Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at the end of a period may not be reflective of the total amounts outstanding during such period. As of December 31, 2013, the amount outstanding of $215.0 million was accruing interest at 2.045% per year.

During the year ended December 31, 2013,  the Company borrowed $340.0 million and repaid $225.0 million of the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $555.0 million at December 31, 2013, subject to compliance with specified financial ratios and satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing.

On January 8, 2014, the Company borrowed an additional $175.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility leaving the availability under the Revolving Credit Facility at $380.0 million.

On February 7, 2014, a portion of the proceeds of the 2014 Term Loan were used to fully repay the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility, returning the availability to $770.0 million.

Term Loans under the Senior Credit Agreement

2011 Term Loan

The 2011 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million that matures on June 30, 2018. The 2011 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin of 175 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 2%) or Eurodollar Rate plus a margin of 275 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 1%). As of December 31, 2013, the 2011 Term Loan was accruing interest at 3.75% per annum. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2011 Term Loan without premium or penalty. The 2011 Term Loan was issued at 99.75% of par value. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $4.9 million associated with this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

During the year ended December 31, 2013,  the Company repaid $312.0 million on the 2011 Term Loan. Included in this amount was a prepayment of $310.7 million made on April 24, 2013 using proceeds from the 2013 Tower Securities. In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $2.3 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.6 million of discount related to the debt. As a result of the prepayment, no further scheduled quarterly principal payments are required until the maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, the 2011 Term Loan had a principal balance of $180.5 million. The remaining $1.1 million of deferred financing fees, net are being amortized through the maturity date. 

On February 7, 2014, the Company repaid the entire $180.5 million outstanding principal balance of the 2011 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $1.1 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.3 million of discount related to the debt.

2012-1 Term Loan

The 2012-1 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million that matures on May 9, 2017. The 2012-1 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 100 to 150 basis points or the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 200 to 250 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-1 Term Loan was accruing interest at 2.17% per annum. Principal payments on the 2012-1 Term Loan commenced on September 30, 2012 and are being made in quarterly installments on the last day of each March,

F-26


 

Table of Contents

June, September and December, in an amount equal to $2.5 million for each of the first eight quarters, $3.75 million for the next four quarters and $5.0 million for each quarter thereafter. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2012-1 Term Loan without premium or penalty. To the extent not previously repaid, the 2012-1 Term Loan will be due and payable on the maturity date. The 2012-1 Term Loan was issued at par. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $2.7 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repaid $10.0 million of principal on the 2012-1 Term Loan. As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-1 Term Loan had a principal balance of $185.0 million.

2012-2 Term Loan

The 2012-2 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million that matures on September 28, 2019. The 2012-2 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus 175 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 2%) or Eurodollar Rate plus 275 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 1%). As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-2 Term Loan was accruing interest at 3.75% per annum. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2012-2 Term Loan without premium or penalty. To the extent not previously repaid, the 2012-2 Term Loan will be due and payable on the maturity date. The 2012-2 Term Loan was issued at 99.75% of par value. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $3.5 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.

During the year ended December 31, 2013,  the Company repaid $190.0 million on the 2012-2 Term Loan. Included in this amount was a prepayment of $189.3 million made on April 24, 2013 using proceeds from the 2013 Tower Securities. In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $2.0 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.4 million of discount related to the debt. As a result of the prepayment, no further scheduled quarterly principal payments are required until the maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, the 2012-2 Term Loan had a principal balance of $110.0 million. The remaining $1.0 million of deferred financing fees, net are being amortized through the maturity date.

On February 7, 2014, the Company repaid the entire $110.0 million outstanding principal balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $1.0 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.2 million of discount related to the debt.

2014 Term Loan

The 2014 Term Loan consists of a delayed draw senior secured Term Loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion that matures on March 24, 2021.  The first funding, of $750.0 million occurred on February 7, 2014 and the second funding, of $750.0 million, is expected to occur in March 2014.  The 2014 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus 150 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 1.75%) or the Eurodollar Rate plus 250 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 0.75%). SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2014 Term Loan. However, to the extent the 2014 Term Loan is prepaid prior to August 7, 2014 from proceeds of certain refinancing or repricing transactions, a prepayment fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment will apply.  The Company incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $5.6 million to date in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. 

Net proceeds from the first funding of the 2014 Term Loan were used to (1) repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, and (3) to repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The net proceeds from the second funding will be used (1) to pay the cash consideration in connection with SBA’s acquisition of towers from Oi S.A. in Brazil and (2) for general corporate purposes.

Terms of the Senior Credit Agreement

As amended in February 2014, the Senior Credit Agreement,  requires SBA Senior Finance II to maintain specific financial ratios, including (1) a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA not to exceed 6.5 times for any fiscal quarter, (2) a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt and Net Hedge Exposure (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement) to Annualized Borrower EBITDA for the most recently ended fiscal quarter not to exceed 6.5 times for 30 consecutive days and (3) a ratio of Annualized Borrower EBITDA to Annualized Cash Interest Expense (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement) of not less than 2.0 times for any fiscal quarter. The Senior Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of SBA Senior Finance II and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, grant certain liens, make certain investments, enter into sale leaseback transactions, merge or consolidate, make certain restricted payments,

F-27


 

Table of Contents

enter into transactions with affiliates, and engage in certain asset dispositions, including a sale of all or substantially all of their property. As of December 31, 2013, SBA Senior Finance II was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Senior Credit Agreement. The Senior Credit Agreement is also subject to customary events of default. Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loans and certain hedging transactions that may be entered into by SBA Senior Finance II or the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) with lenders or their affiliates are secured by a first lien on the membership interests of SBA Telecommunications, LLC (formerly known as SBA Telecommunications Inc.), SBA Senior Finance, LLC (formerly known as SBA Senior Finance, Inc.) and SBA Senior Finance II and on substantially all of the assets (other than leasehold, easement and fee interests in real property) of SBA Senior Finance II and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

As amended in February 2014, the Senior Credit Agreement permits SBA Senior Finance II, without the consent of the other lenders, to request that one or more lenders provide SBA Senior Finance II with increases in the Revolving Credit Facility or additional term loans provided that after giving effect to the proposed increase in Revolving Credit Facility commitments or incremental term loans the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA would not exceed 6.5x. SBA Senior Finance II’s ability to request such increases in the Revolving Credit Facility or additional term loans is subject to its compliance with customary conditions set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement including compliance, on a pro forma basis, with the financial covenants and ratios set forth therein with respect to any additional term loan and an increase in the margin on existing term loans, to the extent required by the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement. Upon SBA Senior Finance II’s request, each lender may decide, in its sole discretion, whether to increase all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Facility commitment or whether to provide SBA Senior Finance II with additional term loans and, if so, upon what terms.

Mobilitie Bridge Loan

Simultaneous with the closing of the Mobilitie acquisition in April 2012,  a wholly-owned subsidiary, SBA Monarch, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement with the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Bridge Loan Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Bridge Loan Credit Agreement, SBA Monarch borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under a senior secured bridge loan (the “Mobilitie Bridge Loan”). The Mobilitie Bridge Loan bore interest, at SBA Monarch’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin that ranged from 2.00% to 2.50% or the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranged from 3.00% to 3.50%, in each case based on SBA Monarch’s ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Bridge Loan Credit Agreement).

On July 13, 2012, the Company repaid the $400 million principal outstanding under the Mobilitie Bridge Loan from the proceeds of the 5.75% Senior Notes. 

Secured Tower Revenue Securities

2010 Tower Securities

On April 16, 2010, the Company, through a New York common law trust (the “Trust”), issued $680.0 million of 2010-1 Tower Securities and $550.0 million of 2010-2 Tower Securities (together the “2010 Tower Securities”). The 2010-1 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 4.254% and the 2010-2 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 5.101%. The weighted average annual fixed interest rate of the 2010 Tower Securities is 4.7%, including borrowers’ fees, payable monthly. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–1 Tower Securities is April 15, 2015 and April 16, 2040, respectively. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–2 Tower Securities is April 17, 2017 and April 15, 2042, respectively. The sole asset of the Trust consists of a non-recourse mortgage loan made in favor of the Borrowers (as defined below).  The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $18.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2010 Tower Securities.

2012-1 Tower Securities

On August 9, 2012, the Company, through the Trust, issued $610.0 million of Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1 (the “2012-1 Tower Securities”) which have an anticipated repayment date of December 15, 2017 and a final maturity date of December 15, 2042. The fixed interest rate of the 2012-1 Tower Securities is 2.933% per annum, payable monthly. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $14.9 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of the 2012-1 Tower Securities.

F-28


 

Table of Contents

2013 Tower Securities

On April 18, 2013, the Company, through the Trust, issued $425.0 million of 2.240% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C which have an anticipated repayment date of April 2018 and a final maturity date of April 2043,  $575.0 million of 3.722% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C which have an anticipated repayment date of April 2023 and a final maturity date of April 2048, and $330.0 million of 3.598% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D which have an anticipated repayment date of April 2018 and a final maturity date of April 2043 (collectively the “2013 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.33 billion of 2013 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.218% and a weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.2 years. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $25.3 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date.

Net proceeds from this offering were used to repay the $100 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility, $310.7 million of the 2011 Term Loan, and $189.3 million of the 2012-2 Term Loan under the Senior Credit Agreement. The remaining net proceeds were used to satisfy unhedged obligations in connection with the 1.875% Convertible Senior Notes.

In connection with the issuance of the 2013 Tower Securities, the parties entered into the Sixth Loan Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 18, 2013 (the “Sixth Loan Supplement”) and the Seventh Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of April 18, 2013 (the “Seventh Loan Supplement” and together with the Sixth Loan Supplement, the “Loan Supplement”), which amended and supplemented the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005. The Loan Supplements  were executed by and among SBA Properties, LLC (formerly known as SBA Properties, Inc.), SBA Sites, LLC (formerly known as SBA Sites, Inc.), SBA Structures, LLC (formerly known as SBA Structures, Inc.), SBA Infrastructure, LLC, SBA Monarch Towers III, LLC, SBA Towers USVI II, Inc., SBA Towers USVI, Inc., SBA Monarch Towers I, LLC, SBA 2012 TC Assets, LLC, SBA 2012 TC Assets PR, LLC, and SBA Towers IV, LLC (the “Borrowers”) and other parties. Pursuant to the Loan Supplements, the Borrowers became jointly and severally liable for the aggregate $3.17 billion borrowed under the mortgage loan corresponding to the 2010 Tower Securities, 2012-1 Tower Securities, and 2013 Tower Securities.

 Tower Revenue Securities Terms

The mortgage loan underlying the 2010 Tower Securities, 2012-1 Tower Securities, and 2013 Tower Securities will be paid from the operating cash flows from the aggregate 8,932 tower sites owned by the Borrowers. The mortgage loan is secured by (i) mortgages, deeds of trust, and deeds to secure debt on a substantial portion of the tower sites, (ii) a security interest in the tower sites and substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures, (iii) the Borrowers’ rights under certain tenant leases, and (iv) all of the proceeds of the foregoing. For each calendar month, SBA Network Management, Inc., an indirect subsidiary, is entitled to receive a management fee equal to 7.5% of the Borrowers’ operating revenues for the immediately preceding calendar month.

The Borrowers may prepay any of the mortgage loan components, in whole or in part, with no prepayment consideration, (i) within nine months (in the case of the components corresponding to the 2010 Tower Securities), twelve months (in the case of the component corresponding to the 2012-1 Tower Securities, Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C, and Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D), or eighteen months (in the case of the components corresponding to the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C) of the anticipated repayment date of such mortgage loan component, (ii) with proceeds received as a result of any condemnation or casualty of any tower site owned by the Borrowers or (iii) during an amortization period. In all other circumstances, the Borrowers may prepay the mortgage loan, in whole or in part, upon payment of the applicable prepayment consideration. The prepayment consideration is determined based on the class of the Tower Securities to which the prepaid mortgage loan component corresponds and consists of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the present value associated with the portion of the principal balance being prepaid, calculated in accordance with the formula set forth in the mortgage loan agreement, on the date of prepayment of all future installments of principal and interest required to be paid from the date of prepayment to and including the first due date within nine months (in the case of the components corresponding to the 2010 Tower Securities), twelve months (in the case of the component corresponding to the 2012-1 Tower Securities, Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C, and Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D), or eighteen months (in the case of the components corresponding to the Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C) of the anticipated repayment date of such mortgage loan component over (2) that portion of the principal balance of such class prepaid on the date of such prepayment.

To the extent that the mortgage loan components corresponding to the Tower Securities are not fully repaid by their respective anticipated repayment dates, the interest rate of each such component will increase by the greater of (i) 5% and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the sum of (x) the ten-year U.S. treasury rate plus (y) the credit-based spread for such component (as set forth in the mortgage loan agreement) plus (z) 5%, exceeds the original interest rate for such component.

F-29


 

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the Tower Securities, all rents and other sums due on any of the towers owned by the Borrowers are directly deposited by the lessees into a controlled deposit account and are held by the indenture trustee. The monies held by the indenture trustee after the release date are classified as restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 4). However, if the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, defined as the net cash flow (as defined in the mortgage loan agreement) divided by the amount of interest on the mortgage loan, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers are required to pay over the succeeding twelve months, as of the end of any calendar quarter, falls to 1.30x or lower, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as “excess cash flow,” will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless the Debt Service Coverage Ratio exceeds 1.30x for two consecutive calendar quarters. If the Debt Service Coverage Ratio falls below 1.15x as of the end of any calendar quarter, then an “amortization period” will commence and all funds on deposit in the reserve account will be applied to prepay the mortgage loan until such time that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio exceeds 1.15x for a calendar quarter. In addition, if either the 2010-1 Tower Securities, 2010-2 Tower Securities, 2012-1 Tower Securities, or the 2013 Tower Securities are not fully repaid by their respective anticipated repayment dates, the cash flow from the towers owned by the Borrowers will be trapped by the trustee for the Tower Securities and applied first to repay the interest, at the original interest rates, on the mortgage loan components underlying the Tower Securities, second to fund all reserve accounts and operating expenses associated with those towers, third to pay the management fees due to SBA Network Management, Inc., fourth to repay principal of the Tower Securities and fifth to repay the additional interest discussed above. The mortgage loan agreement, as amended, also includes covenants customary for mortgage loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the Borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets. As of December 31, 2013, the Borrowers met the required Debt Service Coverage Ratio as set forth in the mortgage loan agreement and were in compliance with all other covenants.

1.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013

On May 16, 2008,  the Company issued $550.0 million of its 1.875% Convertible Senior Notes (the “1.875% Notes”). Interest was payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1, and the 1.875% Notes matured on May 1, 2013. The 1.875% Notes were convertible, at the holder’s option, into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at an initial conversion rate of 24.1196 shares of Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 1.875% Notes (subject to certain customary adjustments), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $41.46 per share or a 20% conversion premium based on the last reported sale price of $34.55 per share of Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on May 12, 2008, the purchase agreement date.

Prior to the final settlement period, which began on February 22, 2013, the holders converted $18.1 million in principal of the 1.875% Notes. These notes were converted and settled with the issuance of 437,134 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. In connection with these conversions, the related convertible note hedges and a portion of the common stock warrants were settled. As a result, the Company received a net 71,054 shares of its Class A common stock.

Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, on February 1, 2013, the Company provided notice to the trustee and holders of its 1.875% Notes that the Company elected to settle 100% of its future conversion obligations pursuant to the Indenture governing the 1.875% Notes in cash, effective February 4, 2013.

During the final settlement period, the Company received additional conversion notices from holders of an aggregate of $450.6 million in principal of the 1.875% Notes (excluding $81.2 million in principal of the notes held by the Company wholly owned subsidiary which were also converted). Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, these notes were converted at a price of $1,764.02 per $1,000 of principal or an aggregate of $794.8 million which were settled in cash. The remaining $142,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.875% Notes that was not converted matured on May 1, 2013 and was settled in cash at principal plus accrued interest.

Concurrently with the settlement of its conversion obligation, the Company settled the convertible note hedges that it had initially entered into at the time the outstanding 1.875% Notes were issued. In connection with the settlement of these hedges, the Company received an aggregate of $182.9 million in cash.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company paid $97.9 million in cash and issued 392,532 shares of its Class A common stock to settle the related warrants. These warrants have a strike price of $67.37 per share.

During the third quarter of 2013,  the Company sold its claim against Lehman Brothers, related to a hedge terminated when Lehman Brothers filed for bankruptcy in 2008, for $27.3 million and recorded a gain on the transaction of the same amount. The gain has been recorded within Other Income, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-30


 

Table of Contents

4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014

On April 24, 2009,  the Company issued $500.0 million of its 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes (“4.0% Notes”) in a private placement transaction. Interest on the 4.0% Notes is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1. The maturity date of the 4.0% Notes is October 1, 2014. The  Company incurred fees of $11.7 million with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes of which $7.7 million was recorded as deferred financing fees and $4.0 million was recorded as a reduction to shareholders’ equity.

The 4.0% Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, at an initial conversion rate of 32.9164 shares of its Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 4.0% Notes (subject to certain customary adjustments), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.38 per share or a 22.5% conversion premium based on the last reported sale price of $24.80 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on April 20, 2009, the purchase agreement date.

Concurrently with the pricing of the 4.0% Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge and warrant transactions with affiliates of certain of the initial purchasers of the convertible notes. The initial strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions relating to the 4.0% Notes is $30.38 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock (the same as the initial conversion price of the 4.0% Notes) and the upper strike price of the warrant transactions is $44.64 per share.

 The Company is amortizing the debt discount on the 4.0% Notes utilizing the effective interest method over the life of the 4.0% Notes which increases the effective interest rate of the 4.0% Notes from its coupon rate of 4.0% to 12.9%. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the equity component related to the 4.0% Notes was $169.0 million.

The 4.0 % Notes are reflected in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their carrying value. The following table summarizes the balances for the 4.0% Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Principal balance

 

 

 

$

499,944 

 

$

499,987 

Debt discount

 

 

 

 

(31,550)

 

 

(69,236)

Carrying value

 

 

 

$

468,394 

 

$

430,751 

 

The 4.0% Notes are convertible only under the following circumstances:

during any calendar quarter, if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the applicable conversion price per share of Class A common stock on the last day of such preceding calendar quarter,

during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 4.0% Notes for each day in the measurement period was less than 95% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock and the applicable conversion rate,

if specified distributions to holders of Class A common stock are made or specified corporate transactions occur, and

at any time on or after July 22, 2014.

Upon conversion, the Company has the right to settle its conversion obligation in cash, shares of Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its Class A common stock. From time to time, upon notice to the holders of the 4.0% Notes, the Company may change its election regarding the form of consideration that it will use to settle its conversion obligation; provided, however, that it is not permitted to change its settlement election after July 21, 2014 for the 4.0% Notes. At the time of the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, the Company elected to settle its conversion obligations in stock. As of December 31, 2013,  the Company has not changed its election.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the 4.0% Notes were convertible based on the fact that the Company’s Class A common stock closing price per share exceeded $39.49 for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period during the last month of the prior quarter. As a result of conversions exercised by holders pursuant to the terms of the indenture, during the year ended December 31, 2013,  the Company converted $43,000 in principal amount of 4.0% Notes and settled its conversion

F-31


 

Table of Contents

obligation through the issuance of 1,404 shares of its Class A common stock. In connection with these conversions, the related convertible note hedges and a portion of the common stock warrants were settled. As a result, the Company received a net 641 shares of its Class A common stock. In addition, the Company received conversion notices totaling $33,000 in principal amount of the 4.0% Notes during the fourth quarter of 2013, which will settle during the first quarter of 2014 in shares of its Class A common stock and cash for fractional shares.  

Senior Notes

8.0% Senior Notes and 8.25% Senior Notes

On July 24, 2009, Telecommunications issued $750.0 million of unsecured senior notes (the “Senior Notes”), $375.0 million of which were due August 15, 2016 (the “8.0% Notes”) and $375.0 million of which are due August 15, 2019 (the “8.25% Notes”). The 8.0% Notes had an interest rate of 8.00% per annum and were issued at a price of 99.330% of their face value. The 8.25% Notes have an interest rate of 8.25% per annum and were issued at a price of 99.152% of their face value. Interest on each of the Senior Notes is due semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year beginning on February 15, 2010. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $5.4 million in relation to the 8.25% Notes which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date.

Net proceeds of this offering were $727.8 million after deducting expenses and the original issue discount. The Company is amortizing the debt discount on the Senior Notes utilizing the effective interest method over the life of the 8.0% Notes and 8.25% Notes.

On April 13, 2012, the Company used the proceeds of an equity offering to redeem $131.3 million in aggregate principal amount of its 8.0% Notes and $131.3 million in aggregate principal amount of its 8.25% Notes and to pay $21.3 million as a premium on the redemption of the notes. The Company expensed $1.5 million and $4.3 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the notes.

On August 29, 2012, the Company redeemed the remaining $243.8 million principal balance of the 8.0% Notes and paid $14.6 million in applicable premium on the redemption of the notes. The Company expensed $1.0 million and $3.4 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the notes.

As of December 31, 2013, the principal balance of the 8.25% Notes was $243.8 million and the carrying value was $242.4 million.

5.75% Senior Notes

On July 13, 2012, Telecommunications issued $800.0 million of unsecured senior notes (the “5.75% Notes”) due July 15, 2020. The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.75% and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.75% Notes is due semi-annually on July 15 and January 15 of each year beginning on January 15, 2013. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $14.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. The Company used the net proceeds from this offering to (1) repay all amounts outstanding under the Mobilitie Bridge Loan and (2) repay all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.

In connection with the issuance of the 5.75% Notes, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, SBAC and Telecommunications filed a registration statement, which was declared effective, with respect to an offer to exchange the 5.75% Notes for new notes guaranteed by SBAC registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on May 31, 2013. The exchange offer was consummated on July 5, 2013.

5.625% Senior Notes

On September 28, 2012, the Company issued $500.0 million of unsecured senior notes (the “5.625% Notes”) due October 1, 2019. The 5.625% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.625% per annum and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.625% Notes is due semi-annually on October 1 and April 1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2013. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $8.5 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. The Company used the proceeds from the issuance of the 5.625% Notes to pay a portion of the cash consideration in the TowerCo II Holdings LLC acquisition.

F-32


 

Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance of the 5.625% Notes, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company filed a registration statement, which was declared effective, with respect to an offer to exchange the 5.625% Notes for new notes registered under the Securities Act on May 31, 2013. The exchange offer was consummated on July 5, 2013. 

BNDES Loans

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company assumed several loans valued at $5.0 million as part of an acquisition in Brazil (the “BNDES Loans”). The Company also borrowed an additional $1.3 million in new loans and made repayments of $0.2 million under existing loans.  The BNDES Loans have interest rates ranging from 2.5% to 6.5%. Principal and interest are due in monthly installments and ending on various dates from January 18, 2016 through July 19, 2018. As of December 31, 2013, the principal balance of the BNDES Loans was $5.8 million and the carrying value was $5.8 million.

14.REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

In connection with the Company’s business operations in Canada and Central America, the Company entered into agreements with non-affiliated joint venture partners that contained both a put option for its partners and a call option for the Company, requiring or allowing the Company, in certain circumstances, to purchase the remaining interest in such entity at a price based on predetermined earnings multiples. Each of these options is triggered upon the occurrence of specified events and/or upon the passage of time. During 2011, the Company paid approximately $0.7 million to purchase the outstanding 4.6% interest in the Canadian joint venture increasing the Company’s interest in that joint venture to 100%. The noncontrolling interest in the Central American joint venture is classified as a redeemable equity interest in mezzanine (or temporary equity) on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company allocates income and losses to the noncontrolling interest holder based on the applicable membership interest percentage. After applying those provisions, the Company calculates the redemption amount at each reporting period and records the amount, if any, by which the redemption amount exceeds the book value as a charge against income (loss) available to common shareholders.

In March 2013, the Company acquired the remaining 10% noncontrolling interest in the Central American joint venture for consideration of $6.0 million. This acquisition increased the Company’s ownership to 100% of the joint venture. The remaining $5.7 million balance of non-controlling interest was recognized as an adjustment to additional paid in capital. The acquisition of the noncontrolling interest has been recorded in accordance with ASC 810.

15.SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock equivalents

The Company has potential common stock equivalents related to its outstanding stock options (see Note 16), restricted stock units, the 1.875% Notes and the 4.0% Notes (see Note 13). These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted loss per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share and the weighted average number of shares used in the computation are the same for the years presented.

Stock Repurchases

The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program on April 27, 2011. This program authorizes the Company to purchase, from time to time, up to $300.0 million of the Company’s outstanding Class A common stock through open market repurchases in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or in privately negotiated transactions at management’s discretion based on market and business conditions, applicable legal requirements and other factors. This program became effective on April 28, 2011 and will continue until otherwise modified or terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not repurchase any shares in conjunction with the stock repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased and retired approximately 5,917,940 shares for an aggregate of $225.1 million including commissions and fees (of which $75.1 million was purchased under a previous repurchase plan). As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a remaining authorization to repurchase an additional $150.0 million of its common stock under its current $300.0 million stock repurchase program.

F-33


 

Table of Contents

Registration of Additional Shares

On May 20, 2010, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-8 with the Securities and Exchange Commission registering 15.0 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock issuable under the 2010 Performance and Equity Incentive Plan (see Note 16).

The Company filed shelf registration statements on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission registering 4.0 million shares of its Class A common stock in 2007. These shares may be issued in connection with acquisitions of wireless communication towers or antenna sites and related assets or companies that own wireless communication towers, antenna sites, or related assets. During the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, the Company did not issue any shares of its Class A common stock pursuant to this registration statement in connection with acquisitions. At December 31, 2013, approximately 1.7 million shares remain available for issuance under this shelf registration statement.

On February 27, 2012, the Company filed with the Commission an automatic shelf registration statement for well-known seasoned issuers on Form S-3ASR. This registration statement enables the Company to issue shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities either separately or represented by warrants, or depositary shares as well as units that include any of these securities. Under the rules governing automatic shelf registration statements, the Company will file a prospectus supplement and advise the Commission of the amount and type of securities each time the Company issues securities under this registration statement. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not issue any securities under this automatic shelf registration statement.

On March 7, 2012, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (together, the “Underwriters”) pursuant to which the Company sold to the Underwriters 6,005,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at $47.30 per share (proceeds of $283.9 million, net of related fees). The shares were issued and sold pursuant to the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and prospectus supplement related thereto. On April 13, 2012, the proceeds of this offering were used to partially redeem principal balances of the Senior Notes.

On April 2, 2012, the Company completed the Mobilitie Acquisition. As consideration for the acquisition, the Company paid $850.0 million in cash and issued 5,250,000 shares of its Class A common stock.

On October 1, 2012, the Company completed the TowerCo Acquisition. As consideration for the acquisition, the Company paid $1.2 billion with cash on-hand and issued 4,588,840 shares of its Class A common stock.

16.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has two equity participation plans (the 2001 Equity Participation Plan and the 2010 Performance and Equity Incentive Plan, the “2010 Plan”) whereby options (both non-qualified and incentive stock options), restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and other equity and performance based instruments may be granted to directors, employees, and consultants. The options and restricted stock units generally vest from the date of grant on a straight-line basis over the vesting term and generally have a seven-year or a ten-year contractual life.

Upon the adoption of the 2010 Plan by the Company’s shareholders on May 6, 2010, no further grants were permitted under the 2001 Equity Participation Plan. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of a maximum of 15.0 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock; however, the aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock bonus awards, performance awards, other stock-based awards, or other awards granted under the 2010 Plan will not exceed 7.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 12.5 million shares remaining available for future issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Restricted shares of Class A common stock or options to purchase Class A common stock have been granted in the past under the Company’s equity participation plans at prices below market value at the time of grant. The Company did not have any non-cash compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively, relating to the issuance of restricted shares or options to purchase Class A common stock at below market value at the time of grant.

Stock Options

The Company records compensation expense for employee stock options based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions included in the table below. The Company uses a

F-34


 

Table of Contents

combination of historical data and historical volatility to establish the expected volatility. Historical data is used to estimate the expected option life and the expected forfeiture rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the estimated life of the option. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk free interest rate

 

 

0.51% - 1.38%

 

 

0.58% - 0.83%

 

 

0.66% - 2.17%

Dividend yield

 

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0%

Expected volatility

 

 

25.0% - 29.0%

 

 

53.0%

 

 

53.9%

Expected lives

 

 

3.9 - 4.8 years

 

 

3.8 - 4.6 years

 

 

3.5 - 4.5 years

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s activities with respect to its stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011 as follows (dollars and number of shares in thousands, except for per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Exercise Price

 

Contractual

 

Aggregate

 

 

of Shares

 

Per Share

 

Life (in years)

 

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

 

3,786

 

$

24.78 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

578

 

$

41.91 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(704)

 

$

21.53 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(52)

 

$

32.07 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

 

3,608

 

$

28.06 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

613

 

$

47.58 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(1,381)

 

$

24.37 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(9)

 

$

37.71 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

2,831

 

$

34.06 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

984

 

$

73.17 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(776)

 

$

27.57 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(60)

 

$

52.54 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

2,979

 

$

48.30 

 

4.3 

 

$

123,769 

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

 

1,194

 

$

31.17 

 

2.6 

 

$

70,033 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

 

1,785

 

$

59.74 

 

5.5 

 

$

53,736 

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011 was $17.38, $20.31, and $18.53, respectively.

The total intrinsic value for options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011 was $39.3 million, $49.0 million and $12.7 million, respectively. Cash received from option exercises under all plans for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011 was approximately $21.4 million, $32.0 million, and $15.2 million, respectively. No tax benefit was realized for the tax deductions from option exercises under all plans for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value for stock options in the preceding table represents the total intrinsic value based on the Company’s closing stock price of $89.84 as of December 31, 2013. The amount represents the total intrinsic value that would have been received by the holders of the stock-based awards had these awards been exercised and sold as of that date.

F-35


 

Table of Contents

Additional information regarding options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

Range

 

Outstanding

 

Contractual Life

 

Exercise Price

 

Exercisable

 

Exercise Price

 

 

(in thousands)

 

(in years)

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

$0.00 - $10.50

 

 

1.1 

 

$

8.56 

 

 

$

8.56 

$10.51 - $21.00

 

340 

 

2.1 

 

$

19.41 

 

340 

 

$

19.41 

$21.01 - $31.50

 

104 

 

3.0 

 

$

27.53 

 

95 

 

$

27.39 

$31.51 - $60.00

 

1,560 

 

3.8 

 

$

40.81 

 

750 

 

$

37.26 

$60.01 - $79.67

 

966 

 

6.2 

 

$

73.17 

 

 —

 

$

0.00 

 

 

2,979 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,194 

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the activity of options outstanding that had not yet vested:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Number

 

Fair Value

 

 

of Shares

 

Per Share

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2012

 

1,526 

 

$

17.20 

Shares granted

 

984 

 

$

17.38 

Vesting during period

 

(665)

 

$

14.79 

Forfeited or canceled

 

(60)

 

$

18.52 

Unvested as of December 31, 2013

 

1,785 

 

$

18.15 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options outstanding under the Plans is $22.9 million. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.65 years.  

The total fair value of shares vested during 2013,  2012, and 2011 was $9.8 million, $9.0 million, and $9.0 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarized the Company’s restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Number of

 

Fair Value per

 

 

Units

 

Share

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

294 

 

$

43.27 

Granted

 

122 

 

$

73.44 

Vested

 

(100)

 

$

41.82 

Forfeited/canceled

 

(11)

 

$

49.03 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

305 

 

$

55.60 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures

 

 

 

 

 

as of December 31, 2013

 

303 

 

$

55.69 

 

As of December 31, 2013, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units granted under the 2010 Plan was $11.9 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.40 years.  

F-36


 

Table of Contents

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2008 Purchase Plan”) which reserved 500,000 shares of Class A common stock for purchase. The 2008 Purchase Plan permits eligible employee participants to purchase Class A common stock at a price per share which is equal to 85% of the fair market value of Class A common stock on the last day of an offering period.

For the year ended December 31, 2013,  25,604 shares of Class A common stock were issued under the 2008 Purchase Plan, which resulted in cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $1.7 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 when approximately 23,724 shares of Class A common stock were issued under the 2008 Purchase Plan which resulted in cash proceeds to the Company of $1.1 million. At December 31, 2013,  354,441 shares remained available for issuance under the 2008 Purchase Plan. In addition, the Company recorded $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million of non-cash compensation expense relating to the shares issued under the 2008 Purchase Plans for each of the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011.

Non-Cash Compensation Expense

The table below reflects a break out by category of the non-cash compensation expense amounts recognized on the Company’s Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011, respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

Cost of revenues

 

$

230 

 

$

187 

 

$

187 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

16,975 

 

 

13,781 

 

 

11,282 

Total cost of non-cash compensation included

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

17,205 

 

 

13,968 

 

 

11,469 

Amount of income tax recognized in earnings

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Amount charged against loss

 

$

17,205 

 

$

13,968 

 

$

11,469 

 

In addition, the Company capitalized $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million of non-cash compensation for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively, to fixed and intangible assets.

17.INCOME TAXES

Loss before provision for income taxes from continuing operations by geographic area is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

(45,429)

 

$

(175,679)

 

$

(118,671)

Foreign

 

 

(11,789)

 

 

(1,413)

 

 

(6,108)

Total

 

$

(57,218)

 

$

(177,092)

 

$

(124,779)

 

F-37


 

Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes on continuing operations consists of the following components:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands)

Current (benefit) provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal (1)

 

$

 —

 

$

(1,237)

 

$

 —

State (1)

 

 

387 

 

 

2,702 

 

 

2,191 

Foreign

 

 

4,946 

 

 

3,769 

 

 

1,608 

Total current

 

 

5,333 

 

 

5,234 

 

 

3,799 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred (benefit) provision for taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(11,977)

 

 

(53,501)

 

 

(38,303)

State

 

 

(3,272)

 

 

(13,750)

 

 

(5,111)

Foreign

 

 

(9,013)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1,104)

Increase in valuation allowance

 

 

17,620 

 

 

68,612 

 

 

42,832 

Total deferred

 

 

(6,642)

 

 

1,360 

 

 

(1,686)

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(1,309)

 

$

6,594 

 

$

2,113 

 

(1)Included in the 2012 current provision for income taxes on continuing operations is a benefit of $1.5 million that is an offset to the tax expense netted in discontinued operations. Of the $1.5 million benefit, $1.2 million relates to federal taxes and $0.3 million relates to state taxes. 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes on continuing operations at the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate (35%) and the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Statutory Federal benefit

 

$

(20,027)

 

$

(61,982)

 

$

(43,673)

Foreign tax expense

 

 

2,870 

 

 

1,878 

 

 

1,576 

State and local taxes benefit

 

 

(1,875)

 

 

(7,181)

 

 

(1,898)

Non-deductible foreign expenses

 

 

2,605 

 

 

987 

 

 

 —

Foreign tax rate change

 

 

(4,960)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other

 

 

2,458 

 

 

4,280 

 

 

3,276 

Valuation allowance

 

 

17,620 

 

 

68,612 

 

 

42,832 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(1,309)

 

$

6,594 

 

$

2,113 

 

F-38


 

Table of Contents

The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) accounts are as follows:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2012 (3)

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

$

241 

 

$

648 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

 

 

35,970 

 

 

30,237 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

14,862 

 

 

4,891 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

(21,187)

 

 

(15,374)

Total current deferred tax assets, net (1)

 

 

 

 

$

29,886 

 

$

20,402 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

 

 

 

$

438,608 

 

$

436,083 

Property, equipment, and intangible basis differences

 

 

 

 

 

47,602 

 

 

46,357 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

26,087 

 

 

15,259 

Non-cash compensation

 

 

 

 

 

8,582 

 

 

7,448 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

(225,339)

 

 

(218,310)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

2,527 

 

 

5,081 

Total noncurrent deferred tax assets, net (2)

 

 

 

 

 

298,067 

 

 

291,918 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, equipment, and intangible basis differences

 

 

 

 

 

(339,037)

 

 

(318,446)

Convertible debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

(2,006)

 

 

(3,660)

Straight-line rents

 

 

 

 

 

(17,463)

 

 

(4,259)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(8,079)

 

 

(6,631)

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net (2)

 

 

 

 

$

(68,518)

 

$

(41,078)

 

(1)Amounts are included in Prepaid and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(2)Of these amounts, $232 and $(68,750) are included in the Other assets and Other long-term liabilities, respectively on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, $148 and $(41,225) are included in the Other assets and Other long-term liabilities on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(3)The prior year amounts reflect a recast of the valuation allowance.

Valuation allowances of $246.5 million and $233.7 million were being carried to offset net deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The net increase in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $12.8 million and $57.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013 the valuation allowance related to federal and state tax credit carryovers was approximately $2.0 million and  $0.4 million, respectively. These tax credits expire beginning 2017. 

The Company has available at  December 31, 2013, a net federal operating tax loss carry-forward of approximately $1.2 billion and an additional $185.5 million of net operating tax loss carry forward from stock options which will benefit additional paid-in capital when the loss is utilized. These net operating tax loss carry-forwards will expire between 2019 and 2033. The Internal Revenue Code places limitations upon the future availability of net operating losses based upon changes in the equity of the Company. If these occur, the ability of the Company to offset future income with existing net operating losses may be limited. In addition, the Company has available at December 31, 2013, a foreign net operating loss carry-forward of $36.3 million and a net state operating tax loss carry-forward of approximately $594.8 million. These net operating tax loss carry-forwards expire beginning 2014.  

The Company elected a new Guatemala tax filing method effective January 1, 2014 which resulted in a reduction of deferred tax expense in the amount of $3.6 million. The Company also recorded a benefit from a Nicaragua tax rate reduction in the amount of $1.4 million.

In accordance with the Company’s methodology for determining when stock option deductions are deemed realized, the Company utilizes a “with-and-without” approach that will result in a benefit not being recorded in APIC if the amount of available net operating loss carry-forwards generated from operations is sufficient to offset the current year taxable income.

F-39


 

Table of Contents

The Company does not expect to remit earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $9.8 million at December 31, 2013. Those earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. Federal and state income taxes have been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company could be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. 

18.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases for land, office space, equipment and site leases that expire at various times through December 2112. In addition, the Company is obligated under various non-cancelable capital leases for vehicles that expire at various times through December 2017.  

The annual minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating and capital leases in effect as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

Capital Leases

 

Operating Leases

2014

 

$

1,743 

 

$

142,461 

2015

 

 

1,340 

 

 

143,508 

2016

 

 

649 

 

 

144,426 

2017

 

 

173 

 

 

146,051 

2018

 

 

 —

 

 

147,448 

Thereafter

 

 

 —

 

 

2,740,007 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

3,905 

 

$

3,463,901 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

(226)

 

 

 

Present value of future payments

 

 

3,679 

 

 

 

Less: current obligations

 

 

(1,715)

 

 

 

Long-term obligations

 

$

1,964 

 

 

 

 

Future minimum rental payments under noncancelable ground leases include payments for certain renewal periods at the Company’s option because failure to renew could result in a loss of the applicable tower and related revenue from tenant leases, thereby making it reasonably assured that the Company will renew the lease. The majority of operating leases provide for renewal at varying escalations. Fixed rate escalations have been included in the table disclosed above.

Rent expense for operating leases was $196.3 million, $133.1 million and $82.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, certain of the Company’s leases include contingent rent provisions which provide for the lessor to receive additional rent upon the attainment of certain tower operating results and/or lease-up. Contingent rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011 was $20.3 million, $16.1 million and $13.7 million, respectively.

Tenant Leases

The annual minimum tower lease income to be received for tower space and antenna rental under non-cancelable operating leases in effect as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

2014

 

 

 

 

$

1,095,392 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

999,859 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

873,919 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

757,558 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

614,259 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

3,611,317 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

7,952,304 

 

F-40


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s tenant leases provide for annual escalations and multiple renewal periods, at the tenant’s option. The tenant rental payments disclosed in the table above do not assume exercise of tenant renewal options, however, fixed rate escalations have been included.

Litigation

The Company is involved in various claims, lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While there are uncertainties inherent in the ultimate outcome of such matters and it is impossible to presently determine the ultimate costs that may be incurred, management believes the resolution of such uncertainties and the incurrence of such costs will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Contingent Purchase Obligations

As discussed in Note 6, from time to time, the Company agrees to pay additional consideration (or earnouts) for acquisitions if the towers or businesses that are acquired meet or exceed certain performance targets in the one to three years after they have been acquired. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain earnings targets associated with the acquired towers were achieved, and therefore, the Company paid in cash $9.3 million and $5.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s estimate of its potential obligation if the performance targets contained in various acquisition agreements were met was $30.1 million which the Company recorded in accrued expenses. The maximum potential obligation related to the performance targets was $42.1 million and $17.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

19.DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that provides for voluntary employee contributions up to the limitations set forth in Section 402(g) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees have the opportunity to participate following completion of three months of employment and must be 21 years of age. Employer matching begins immediately upon the employee’s participation in the plan.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and through June 30, 2013, the Company made a discretionary matching contribution of 50% of an employee’s contributions up to a maximum of $3,000 annually. Effective July 1, 2013, the Company made a discretionary matching contribution of 75% of an employee’s contributions up to a maximum of $4,000 annually. Company matching contributions were approximately $1.6 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,  2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-41


 

Table of Contents

20.SEGMENT DATA

The Company operates principally in two business segments: site leasing and site development. The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. They are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations. The site leasing segment includes results of the managed and sublease businesses. The site development segment includes the results of both consulting and construction related activities.

Revenues, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization), capital expenditures (including assets acquired through the issuance of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock) and identifiable assets pertaining to the segments in which the Company continues to operate are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not

 

 

 

 

Site

 

Site

 

Identified by

 

 

 

 

Leasing

 

Development

 

Segment (1)

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

1,133,013 

 

$

171,853 

 

$

 —

 

$

1,304,866 

Cost of revenues (2)

 

 

270,772 

 

 

137,481 

 

 

 —

 

 

408,253 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

 

 

529,026 

 

 

2,280 

 

 

2,028 

 

 

533,334 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

215,672 

 

 

24,332 

 

 

(10,359)

 

 

229,645 

Capital expenditures (3)

 

 

850,037 

 

 

6,693 

 

 

105 

 

 

856,835 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

846,094 

 

$

107,990 

 

$

 —

 

$

954,084 

Cost of revenues (2)

 

 

188,951 

 

 

90,556 

 

 

 —

 

 

279,507 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

 

 

404,976 

 

 

2,118 

 

 

1,373 

 

 

408,467 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

149,642 

 

 

7,129 

 

 

(9,625)

 

 

147,146 

Capital expenditures (3)

 

 

2,364,212 

 

 

6,466 

 

 

3,751 

 

 

2,374,429 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

616,294 

 

$

81,876 

 

$

 —

 

$

698,170 

Cost of revenues (2)

 

 

131,916 

 

 

71,005 

 

 

 —

 

 

202,921 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

 

 

306,386 

 

 

1,583 

 

 

1,177 

 

 

309,146 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

116,681 

 

 

2,077 

 

 

(8,099)

 

 

110,659 

Capital expenditures (3)

 

 

502,222 

 

 

3,935 

 

 

2,671 

 

 

508,828 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

$

6,468,370 

 

$

76,214 

 

$

238,604 

 

$

6,783,188 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

6,422,577 

 

 

58,804 

 

 

134,530 

 

 

6,615,911 

 

(1)Assets not identified by segment consist primarily of general corporate assets.

(2)Excludes depreciation, amortization, and accretion.

(3)Includes cash paid for capital expenditures and acquisitions and related earn-outs and vehicle capital lease additions.  

For the year ended December 31, 2013,  2012, and 2011, the Company’s leasing revenues generated outside of the United States were 7.4%,  5.7%, and 3.4%, respectively, of total consolidated leasing revenues. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company’s total assets outside of the United States were 15.3% and 12.2%, respectively, of total consolidated assets. Total assets held outside of the United States at December 31, 2012 included $178.1 million of cash in Brazil, which was part of the Vivo acquisition, and paid in January 2013.

F-42


 

Table of Contents

21.QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

March 31,

 

 

2013

 

2013

 

2013

 

2013

 

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues

 

$

335,396 

 

$

332,094 

 

$

324,305 

 

$

313,071 

Operating income

 

 

59,445 

 

 

63,902 

 

 

49,534 

 

 

56,764 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

(133,328)

 

 

(133,281)

 

 

(141,089)

 

 

(125,636)

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

(336)

 

 

(3)

 

 

(5,618)

 

 

(142)

Net income (loss) attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

 

(19,164)

 

 

21,531 

 

 

(35,899)

 

 

(22,377)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share - basic

 

$

(0.15)

 

$

0.17 

 

$

(0.28)

 

$

(0.18)

Net income (loss) per common share - diluted

 

 

(0.15)

 

 

0.16 

 

 

(0.28)

 

 

(0.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

March 31,

 

 

2012

 

2012

 

2012

 

2012

 

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues

 

$

293,841 

 

$

238,606 

 

$

229,147 

 

$

192,490 

Operating income

 

 

31,048 

 

 

41,071 

 

 

34,738 

 

 

40,289 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization

 

 

(131,357)

 

 

(101,012)

 

 

(93,998)

 

 

(82,100)

Loss from extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

(2,007)

 

 

(22,643)

 

 

(27,149)

 

 

 —

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

(53)

 

 

969 

 

 

1,380 

 

 

 —

Net loss attributable to SBA Communications Corporation

 

 

(52,489)

 

 

(52,445)

 

 

(53,472)

 

 

(22,631)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share - basic and diluted

 

$

(0.42)

 

$

(0.43)

 

$

(0.44)

 

$

(0.20)

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares for the period. Potentially dilutive instruments have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

Because loss per share amounts are calculated using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common shares outstanding during each quarter, the sum of the per share amounts for the four quarters may not equal the total loss per share amounts for the year.

 

 

F-43